Professional Documents
Culture Documents
HEALTH
OCCUPATIONS
Seventh Edition
Australia • Brazil • Japan • Korea • Mexico • Singapore • Spain • United Kingdom • United States
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Diversified Health Occupations, Seventh © 2009 Delmar, Cengage Learning
Edition
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this work covered by the copyright herein may be
Louise Simmers
reproduced, transmitted, stored, or used in any form or by any means, graphic, electronic, or
Karen Simmers-Nartker
mechanical, including but not limited to photocopying, recording, scanning, digitizing, taping,
Sharon Simmers-Kobelak
Web distribution, information networks, or information storage and retrieval systems, except as
Vice President, Career and Professional permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act, without the prior
written permission of the publisher.
Editorial: Dave Garza
Director of Learning Solutions:
Matthew Kane For product information and technology assistance, contact us at
Cengage Learning Academic Resource Center, 1-800-423-0563
Managing Editor: Marah Bellegarde
For permission to use material from this text or product, submit all requests
Acquisitions Editor: Matthew Seeley
online at www.cengage.com/permissions
Senior Product Manager: Juliet Steiner Further permissions questions can be emailed to
Editorial Assistant: Megan Tarquinio permissionrequest@cengage.com
ISBN-13: 978-1-4180-3021-6
ISBN-10: 1-4180-3021-X
Printed in Canada
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 12 11 10 09 08
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
CONTENTS
Preface xi
How to Use xvii
Acknowledgments xxv
PART 1
Basic Health Care Concepts and Skills 1
CHAPTER 1 History and Trends of Health Care 2
Objectives 2 Today’s Research: Tomorrow’s Health Care 24
Key Terms 3 Summary 25
1:1 History of Health Care 3 Internet Searches 25
1:2 Trends in Health Care 14 Review Questions 25
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
iv CONTENTS
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Contents v
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
vi CONTENTS
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Contents vii
PART 2
Special Health Care Skills 550
CHAPTER 18 Dental Assistant Skills 552
Objectives 552 A: Preparing Alginate 602
Key Terms 553 B: Preparing Rubber Base (Polysulfide) 605
Career Highlights 554 C: Pouring a Plaster Model 608
18:1 Identifying the Structures and Tissues D: Pouring a Stone Model 612
of a Tooth 554 E: Trimming a Model 613
18:2 Identifying the Teeth 558 18:11 Making Custom Trays 615
18:3 Identifying Teeth Using the Universal/ 18:12 Maintaining and Loading an
National Numbering System and the Anesthetic Aspirating Syringe 618
Federation Dentaire International (FDI) A: Maintaining an Anesthetic
System 560 Aspirating Syringe 621
A: Identifying Teeth Using the B: Loading an Anesthetic Aspirating
Universal/National Numbering Syringe 622
System 563 18:13 Mixing Dental Cements and Bases 624
B: Identifying Teeth Using the A: Preparing Varnish 626
Federation Dentaire International B: Preparing Calcium Hydroxide 627
(FDI) Numbering System 564 C: Preparing Polycarboxylate 629
18:4 Identifying the Surfaces of the D: Preparing Zinc Oxide Eugenol (ZOE) 630
Teeth 565 18:14 Preparing Restorative Materials—
18:5 Charting Conditions of the Teeth 568 Amalgam and Composite 632
18:6 Operating and Maintaining Dental A: Preparing Amalgam 635
Equipment 574 B: Preparing Composite 637
18:7 Identifying Dental Instruments and 18:15 Developing and Mounting Dental
Preparing Dental Trays 584 Radiographs (X-Rays) 639
18:8 Positioning a Patient in the Dental A: Developing Dental Radiographs
Chair 592 (X-Rays) 642
18:9 Demonstrating Brushing and Flossing B: Mounting Dental Radiographs
Techniques 594 (X-Rays) 644
A: Demonstrating Brushing Technique 595 Today’s Research: Tomorrow’s Health Care 646
B: Demonstrating Flossing Technique 597 Summary 646
18:10 Taking Impressions and Pouring Internet Searches 647
Models 598 Review Questions 647
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
viii CONTENTS
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Contents ix
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
x CONTENTS
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
PREFACE
ORGANIZATION OF TEXT
Diversified Health Occupations, seventh edition, is divided into two
main parts. Part 1 provides the student with the basic knowledge and
skills required for many different health care careers. Part 2 intro-
duces the student to basic entry-level skills required for some spe-
cific health care careers. Each part is subdivided into chapters.
Chapter Organization
Each chapter has a list of objectives and a list of key terms (with
pronunciations for more difficult words). For each skill included in
the text, both the knowledge necessary for the skill and the proce-
dure to perform the skill are provided. By understanding the princi-
ples and the procedure, the student will develop a deeper
understanding of why certain things are done and will be able to
perform more competently. Procedures may vary slightly depending
on the type of agency and on the kind of equipment and supplies
used. By understanding the underlying principles, however, the stu-
dent can adapt the procedure as necessary and still observe correct
technique.
Information Sections (Textbook): The information sections provide
the basic knowledge the student must acquire. These sections explain
why the knowledge is important, the basic facts regarding the par-
ticular topic, and how this information is applied in various health
careers. Most information sections refer the student to the assign-
ment sheets found in the student workbook.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
xii PREFACE
Assignment Sheets (Workbook): After students ♦ The text material covers the National Health
have read an information section, they are Care Skills Standards, helping instructors
instructed to go to the corresponding assignment implement the curriculum elements of this
sheet. The assignment sheets allow them to test important document. A new appendix pro-
their comprehension and to return to the infor- vides a table showing the correlation of chap-
mation section to check their answers. This ters in the book to the National Health Care
enables them to reinforce their understanding of Skill Standards.
the information presented prior to moving on to
another information section.
♦ Mandates of the Health Insurance Portability
and Accountability Act (HIPAA) have been
Procedure Sections (Textbook): The procedure
incorporated throughout the textbook to
sections provide step-by-step instructions on how
emphasize the student’s responsibilities in
to perform specific procedures. The student follows
regard to this act.
the steps while practicing the procedures. Each
procedure begins with a list of the necessary equip- ♦ Internet search topics are at the end of each
ment and supplies. Note, Caution, and Checkpoint chapter to encourage the student to explore
may appear within the procedure. Note urges care- the Internet to obtain current information on
ful reading of the comments that follow. These com- the many aspects of health care.
ments usually stress points of knowledge or explain ♦ Review questions are at the end of each chapter
why certain techniques are used. Caution indicates to enable the student to test his or her knowl-
that a safety factor is involved and that students edge of information provided in the chapter.
should proceed carefully while doing the step in
♦ Career information has been updated and is
order to avoid injuring themselves or a patient.
stressed throughout the textbook to provide
Checkpoint alerts students to ask the instructor to
current information on a wide variety of health
check their work at that point in the procedure.
care careers. Careers have been organized
Checkpoints are usually located at a critical stage.
according to the National Career Clusters. In
Each procedure section refers the student to a spe-
addition, careers in forensic medicine and
cific evaluation sheet in the workbook.
biotechnology have been added.
Evaluation Sheets (Workbook): Each evaluation
sheet contains a list of criteria on which the stu- ♦ Additional emphasis has been placed on cul-
dent’s performance will be tested after they have tural diversity, technological advances, legal
mastered a particular procedure. When a student responsibilities, new federal legislation per-
feels he or she has mastered a particular proce- taining to health care providers, infection con-
dure, he or she signs the evaluation sheet and trol standards, and safety.
gives it to the instructor. The instructor can grade ♦ Various icons have been included throughout
the students’ performance by using the listed cri- the textbook. These icons denote the integra-
teria and checking each step against actual per- tion of academics, such as math, science, and
formance. communication; occupational safety issues,
Because regulations vary from state to state such as standard precautions and OBRA re-
regarding which procedures can be per- quirements; and workplace readiness issues
formed by a student in health science technology such as career, legal, and technology informa-
education, it is important to check the specific tion. An icon key similar to the one below can
regulations for your state. A health care worker be found on the opening page of every chapter.
should never perform any procedure without The icons and their meaning are as follows:
checking legal responsibilities. In addition, a stu-
Observe Standard Precautions
dent should perform no procedure unless the
student has been properly taught the procedure
Safety—Proceed with Caution
and has been authorized to perform it.
Math Skill
Added Features
Science Skill
♦ More than 240 new photos and illustrations
have been added to enhance learning and
Communications Skill
clarify technical content.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Preface xiii
Instructor’s Check—Call Instructor at This and safeguards that must be taken to protect
Point computer security.
Technology
EXTENSIVE TEACHING
AND LEARNING
Enhanced Content PACKAGE
Diversified Health Occupations, seventh edition,
♦ Vital, updated information on standard pre-
has a complete and specially designed supple-
cautions, OBRA requirements, and transmis-
ment package to enhance student learning and
sion-based isolation techniques have been
workplace preparation. It is also designed to
included.
assist instructors in planning and implementing
♦ A new section on bioterrorism provides infor- their instructional programs for the most effi-
mation to make students aware of this con- cient use of time and resources. The package
stant threat and to describe methods used to contains:
prevent and manage its consequences.
♦ The information on viruses has been expanded
to include new viruses that can become po- Diversified Health Occupations
tential sources of epidemics and pandemics. Teacher’s Resource Kit
New emphasis is placed on infection con-
trol methods to prevent epidemics and/or A complete guide to implementing a Diversified
pandemics. Health Occupations course. The kit explains how
to apply content to applied academics and the
♦ The section on cardiopulmonary resuscita- National Health Care Skill Standards. This kit is
tion has been revised to meet the American provided as a three-ring binder with convenient
Heart Association’s new 2005 standards for tabs to easily locate the resources needed for spe-
CPR for health care professionals. cific classroom support. It provides:
♦ New nutritional guidelines from the U.S. ♦ Classroom Management Activities
Department of Agriculture have been incor-
porated into the nutrition chapter. Instruc- ♦ Lesson Plans
tions are provided for using My Pyramid to ♦ Ready-to-Use Tests and Quizzes
plan a healthy diet.
♦ Classroom Activities
♦ A new section on weight management dis-
cusses how to calculate ideal weight, how to ♦ Internet Activities
lose or gain weight, and how to make food ♦ Leadership Development Activities
choices that will maintain a healthy weight.
♦ Transparency Masters to reinforce learning in
♦ Mandates of the Health Insurance Portability a visual format
and Accountability Act (HIPAA) have been
incorporated throughout the textbook to
emphasize how it affects insurance portability Diversified Health
and confidentiality of patient information.
Occupations, Seventh Edition,
♦ A new section on Internet computer safety
and security explains ways to protect com-
Instructor’s Manual
puter hardware and software, methods used Provides easy-to-find answers to questions found
to maintain confidentiality of information, in the Student Workbook.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
xiv PREFACE
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Preface xv
The Online Companion tools for the instruc- Health Occupations in the State of Ohio and the
tor are on a password-protected site. Tools Diversified Health Occupations Instructor of the
include: Year Award for the State of Ohio. Mrs. Simmers
is retired and lives with her husband in Venice,
♦ Online Instructor’s Manual with answers to
Florida. The author is pleased to announce that
the Student Workbook
her twin daughters will now be assisting with the
♦ PowerPoint Presentation to help you manage revisions of this textbook.
your classroom presentation Karen Simmers-Nartker graduated from Kent
♦ Computerized Test Bank with more than 1,800 State University, Ohio, with a Bachelor of Science
questions. degree in Nursing. She has been employed as a
♦ Evaluation Checklist from the Student Work- telemetry step-down, medical intensive care,
book surgical intensive care, and neurological inten-
sive care nurse. She is currently employed as a
♦ Conversion Grids to help you move from the shift coordinator in an open-heart intensive care
6th edition to the 7th edition of Diversified unit. She has obtained certification from the
Health Occupations Emergency Nurses Association for the Trauma
♦ Fourteen Animations that make anatomy and Nursing Core Course (TNCC) and from the Amer-
physiology concepts come alive ican Heart Association for Advanced Cardiac Life
Support (ACLS). In her current position as charge
To access the companion, go to
nurse in her ICU, she coordinates patient care
http://www.delmarlearning/companions.com.
and staff assignments; manages interpersonal
conflicts among staff and/or patients and family
About the Authors members; is responsible for ensuring quality care
Louise Simmers received a Bachelor of Science to meet the diverse needs of patients and/or fam-
degree in nursing from the University of Maryland ily; actively participates in inservices to evaluate
and an MEd from Kent State University. She has new equipment, medications, hospital services
worked as a public health nurse, medical-surgical and supplies; and teaches and mentors newly
nurse, charge nurse in a coronary-intensive care employed nurses.
unit, instructor of practical nursing, and health Sharon Simmers-Kobelak graduated from
occupations teacher and school-to-work coordi- Miami University, Ohio, with a Bachelor of Busi-
nator at the Madison Comprehensive High School ness Administration degree. She works in the
in Mansfield, Ohio. She is a member of the Univer- educational publishing industry. She has experi-
sity of Maryland Nursing Alumni Association, ence assisting instructors at private career schools
Sigma Theta Tau, Phi Kappa Phi, National Educa- in finding appropriate materials for classroom
tion Association, and Association for Career and instruction. Sharon also provides inservice train-
Technical Education (ACTE), and is a volunteer ing for instructors on how to utilize the instructor
worker for the Red Cross. Mrs. Simmers received and student resources in the most productive
the Vocational Educator of the Year Award for manner.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
HOW TO USE
Icons
Instructor’s Check—Call victims
Instructor at This Point
◆ Describe first aid for
—bleeding and wounds
Safety—Proceed with —shock
Caution —poisoning
—burns
—heat exposure
Icons are used throughout the text to highlight OBRA Requirement—Based
on Federal Law —cold exposure
—bone and joint injuries, including fractures
Communications Skill
Technology
KEY TERMS
Key Terms
acquired immune deficiency contaminated pathogens (path"-oh-jenz!)
syndrome (AIDS) disinfection personal protective
Key Terms highlight the critical vocabu-
aerobic droplet precautions equipment (PPE) lary words you will need to learn.
airborne precautions endogenous portal of entry
anaerobic epidemic portal of exit Pronunciations are also included for the
antisepsis (ant!-ih-sep"-sis) exogenous protective (reverse) isolation harder-to-pronounce words. These
asepsis (a-sep"-sis) fomites protozoa (pro-toe-zo"-ah)
autoclave fungi (fun"-guy) reservoir terms are highlighted within the text
bacteria helminths rickettsiae (rik-et"-z-ah) where they are defined. You will also
bioterrorism hepatitis B standard precautions
causative agent hepatitis C sterile find most of these terms listed in the
cavitation microorganism (my-crow- sterile field glossary section. Use this listing as part
(kav!-ih-tay"-shun) or"-gan-izm) sterilization
chain of infection mode of transmission susceptible host of your study and review of critical
chemical disinfection nonpathogens transmission-based terms.
clean nosocomial isolation precautions
communicable disease opportunistic ultrasonic
contact precautions pandemic viruses
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
xviii HOW TO USE
Highlights Physical therapist assistants provide treatment to improve mobility and prevent or limit
permanent disability of patients with disabling injuries or disease. They are important mem-
bers of the health care team. They work under the supervision of a physical therapist who
has a master’s degree from an accredited program and is licensed (required in all states).
Career Highlights appear in Special Most physical therapist assistants have an associate’s degree from an accredited program
and an internship. Licensure is required in most states.
Health Care Skills chapters. By reading The duties of physical therapist assistants vary but usually include performing exercises;
and understanding the material pre- providing ultrasound or electrical stimulation treatments; administering heat, cold, or moist
applications; ambulating patients with assistive devices; and informing the physical therapist
sented in these boxes, you will learn the of patient’s response and progress. In addition to the knowledge and skills presented in this
chapter, physical therapist assistants must also learn and master skills such as:
educational requirements of each
◆ Presenting a professional ◆ Comprehending anatomy, ◆ Promoting good nutrition
profession, potential places of employ- appearance and attitude physiology, and and a healthy lifestyle to
ment, and additional tasks you may ◆ Obtaining knowledge
pathophysiology with an maintain health
emphasis on the skeletal,
have to perform that are not specifically regarding health care
delivery systems, muscular, nervous, and
◆ Utilizing computer skills
circulatory systems ◆ Cleaning and maintaining
discussed within the chapter. organizational structure, equipment
and teamwork ◆ Observing all safety
precautions ◆ Ordering and maintaining
◆ Meeting all legal
supplies and materials
30216_17_Ch17_528-549.indd 548 responsibilities ◆ Practicing all principles of
1/11/08 1:23:31 PM
infection control ◆ Performing administrative
◆ Communicating
duties such as answering
effectively ◆ Administering first aid
the telephone, scheduling
◆ Being sensitive to and
and cardiopulmonary appointments,
respecting cultural resuscitation completing insurance
diversity forms, and maintaining
◆ Learning medical
patient records
terminology
NOTE: A basic knowledge of human anatomy and physiology is essential for almost every
health care provider. However, some health careers are related to specific body systems. As
each body system is discussed, examples of related health careers are listed. The following
Careers
health career categories require knowledge of the structure and function of the entire human
body and will not be listed in specific body system units. Related Health Careers appear in
Chapter 7, Anatomy and Physiology. By
◆ Athletic Trainer ◆ Medical Assistant ◆ Physician Assistant
◆ Emergency Medical ◆ Medical Illustrator ◆ Physician
reviewing the information presented in
Careers ◆ Nursing Careers ◆ Surgical Technologist these boxes, you will relate specific
◆ Medical Laboratory
Careers
◆ Pharmacy Careers health careers to specific body systems.
30216_07_Ch07_140-234.indd 141 Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
1/11/08 1:46:19 PM
How to Use xix
PROCEDURE 15:2B
Procedures
Measuring and mouth. Wait at least 15 minutes if the
Recording Oral
Temperature 5.
patient says “yes” to your question.
Remove the clean thermometer by the
upper end. Use a clean tissue or dry cot-
Sections
ton ball to wipe the thermometer from Procedures sections provide step-by-
Equipment and Supplies stem to bulb.
step instructions on how to perform
Oral thermometer, plastic sheath (if used), NOTE: If the thermometer was soaking
holder with disinfectant solution, tissues or in a disinfectant, rinse first in cool the procedure outlined in the Informa-
water.
dry cotton balls, container for used tissues,
watch with second hand, soapy cotton balls,
tion section. Practice these procedures
CAUTION: Hold the thermometer se-
disposable gloves, notepaper, pencil/pen curely to avoid breaking. until you perform them correctly and
Procedure 6. Read the thermometer to be sure it reads proficiently.
96°F (35.6°C) or lower. Check carefully
for chips or breaks.
1. Assemble equipment.
CAUTION: Never use a cracked ther-
2. Wash hands and put on gloves.
mometer because it may injure the
CAUTION: Follow standard precautions patient.
for contact with saliva or the mucous
7. If a plastic sheath is used, place it on the
membrane of the mouth.
thermometer.
3. Introduce yourself. Identify the patient.
8. Insert the bulb under the patient’s
Explain the procedure.
tongue, toward the side of the mouth
4. Position the patient comfortably. Ask (figure 15-12). Ask the patient to hold it
the patient if he/she has eaten, has had in place with the lips, and caution
hot or cold fluids, or has smoked in the against biting it.
past 15 minutes.
NOTE: Check to be sure patient’s mouth
NOTE: Eating, drinking liquids, or smok- is closed.
ing can affect the temperature in the
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
30216_15_Ch15_412-447.indd 421 1/11/08 1:26:29 PM
xx HOW TO USE
Sweat pore
Hair shaft
Dermal papilla
Sensory nerve
Stratum ending for touch
corneum
Stratum Epidermis
lucidum
Stratum
Stratum spinosum Dermis
germinativum Stratum
basale
Arrector pili muscle
Sebaceous (oil) gland
Subcutaneous
Hair follicle fatty tissue
(hypodermis)
Papilla of hair
FIGURE 14-20A To remove the first glove,
use a gloved hand to grasp the outside of the
Nerve fiber Vein
glove on the opposite hand. Pull the glove down
Artery and turn it inside out while removing it.
Nerve
Sweat gland
Pacinian corpuscle
FIGURE 7-9 Cross-section of skin.
Searches
1. List the classifications of bacteria by shape and
of this textbook to search the Internet for addi- give two (2) examples of diseases caused by
tional information on the following topics: each class.
1. Organizations regulating infection control: find 2. Draw the chain of infection and identify three
Internet Searches can enhance your the organization sites for the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA),
(3) ways to break each section of the chain.
comprehension of the chapter informa- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention 3. Differentiate between antisepsis, disinfection,
(CDC), National Center for Infectious Diseases and sterilization.
tion by offering you the chance to read (NCID), and the Hospital Infection Control 4. Develop a plan showing at least five (5) ways
information on the chapter topics. Practices Advisory Committee (HICPAC) to
obtain information on regulations governing
you can protect yourself and your family from
a bioterrorism attack.
Review
infection control
5. List eight (8) times the hands must be washed.
2. Microbiology: search for specific information
on bacteria (can also search for specific types 6. Name the different types of personal protective
equipment (PPE) and state when each type
Questions
such as Escherichia coli), protozoa, fungi,
rickettsiae, and viruses must be worn to meet the requirements of
standard precautions.
3. Diseases: obtain information on the method of
transmission, signs and symptoms, treatment, 7. What level of infection control is achieved by
Review Questions enhance your com- and complications for diseases such as hepati- an ultrasonic cleaner? chemicals? an auto-
tis B, hepatitis C, acquired immune deficiency clave?
prehension of chapter content. After syndrome, and specific diseases listed by the 8. Name three (3) methods that can be used to
you have completed the chapter discussion on microorganisms in this unit place sterile items on a sterile field. Identify the
4. Infections: research endogenous infections, types of items that can be transferred by each
reading, try to answer the review exogenous infections, nosocomial infections, method.
questions at the end of the chapter. If and opportunistic infections
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
HOW TO USE
DIVERSIFIED HEALTH
OCCUPATIONS,
SEVENTH EDITION,
STUDYWARE™
MINIMUM SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS
♦ Operating systems: Microsoft Windows 2000, Windows XP, Win-
dows Vista
♦ Processor: Minimum required by operating system
♦ Memory: Minimum required by operating system
♦ Screen resolution: 800 # 600 pixels
♦ Color depth: 16-bit color (thousands of colors)
♦ Macromedia Flash Player 9. The Macromedia Flash Player is free,
and can be downloaded from http://www.adobe.com/products/
flashplayer/
INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Insert disc into CD-ROM player. Diversified Health Occupations,
Seventh Edition, StudyWARETM installation program should start
up automatically. If it does not, go to step 2.
2. From My Computer, double-click on the icon for the CD drive.
3. Double-click on the setup.exe file to start the program.
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Telephone: 1-800-648-7450; 8:30 A.M.–5:30 P.M. Eastern Time
Fax: 1-518-881-1247
E-mail: delmar.help@cengage.com
StudyWARE™ is a trademark used herein under license.
Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation.
Pentium® is a registered trademark of the Intel Corporation.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
xxii HOW TO USE
GETTING STARTED
The StudyWARETM software is designed to enhance your learning. As
you study each chapter in the text, be sure to explore the activities in
the corresponding chapter in the software. Use StudyWARETM as
your own private tutor to help you learn the material in the text.
Getting started is easy. Install the software by inserting the CD and
following the on-screen instructions. Enter your first and last name so
that the software can store you quiz results. Then choose a chapter
from the menu and take a quiz or explore one of the activities.
Menus
You can access any of the menus from wherever
you are within the program. The menus include
Quizzes, Scores, Activities, and Animations.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
How to Use xxiii
Quizzes
Quizzes include multiple choice and fill-in questions. You
can take the quizzes in both Practice Mode and Quiz Mode.
Use Practice Mode to improve your mastery of the material.
You have multiple tries to get the answers correct. Instant
feedback tells you whether you are right or wrong—and
helps you learn quickly by explaining why an answer was
correct or incorrect. Use Quiz Mode when you are ready to
test yourself and keep a record of your scores. In Quiz Mode,
you have one try to get the answers right, but you can take
each Quiz as many times as you want.
Scores
You can view your last scores for each quiz
and print out your results to hand in to your
instructor.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
xxiv HOW TO USE
Activities
Activities include Flashcards, Crossword, Hang-
man, Ordering and Sorting, and a Jeopardy!-style
Championship Game. Have fun while increasing
your knowledge.
Animations
Animations help you visualize concepts related to
pathological conditions and anatomy.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
xxvi ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Acknowledgments xxvii
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
PART 1 Basic Health Care
Concepts & Skills
Introduction
This part is divided into 17 chapters, each covering several
topics designed to provide you with the basic knowledge and
skills required for many different health careers. Before start-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
ing a chapter, read the objectives so you will know exactly what is expected of you. The objectives
identify the competencies you should have mastered upon completing the chapter.
Diversified Health Occupations, 7th edition, has a textbook and a workbook. Each chapter in
the textbook is subdivided into Information sections. At the end of most of these sections is a
statement telling you to go to the workbook to complete an assignment sheet on the information
covered. Some chapters also include Procedure sections, each of which refers you to an evalua-
tion sheet in the workbook. Following are brief explanations of these main components.
1. Information Sections (Textbook): The Information sections provide the basic knowledge you
must acquire. These sections explain why the knowledge is important, the basic facts regard-
ing the particular topic, and how this information is applied in various health careers. Most
Information sections refer you to specific assignment sheets in the workbook. Some Informa-
tion sections provide the basic knowledge you need to perform a given procedure. These
sections explain why things are done, give necessary facts, stress key points that should be
observed, and, again, refer you to specific assignment sheets in the workbook.
2. Assignment Sheets (Workbook): The assignment sheets provide review of the main facts and
information presented in the textbook. After you have read an Information section in the
text, try to answer the questions on the assignment sheet. Refer back to the Information sec-
tion to see if your answers are correct. Let your instructor grade your completed assignment
sheets. Note any changes or corrections. Be sure you understand the information before
moving to another Information section or performing the corresponding procedure.
3. Procedure Sections (Textbook): The Procedure sections provide step-by-step instructions on
how to perform the procedures. Follow the steps while you practice the procedures. Each
procedure begins with a list of the necessary equipment and supplies. On occasion, you will
see any or all of three words within the procedure sections: Note, Caution, and Check-
point. Note means to carefully read the comments following, which usually stress points of
knowledge or explain why certain techniques are used. Caution means that a safety factor is
involved and that you should proceed carefully while doing the step in order to avoid injuring
yourself or the patient. Checkpoint means to ask your instructor to check you at that point
in the procedure. Checkpoints are usually located at critical points in the procedures. Each
procedure section refers you to a specific evaluation sheet in the workbook.
4. Evaluation Sheets (Workbook): Each evaluation sheet contains a list of criteria on which you
will be tested when you have mastered a particular procedure. Make sure that your perfor-
mance meets the standards set. When you feel you have mastered a particular procedure,
sign the evaluation sheet and give it to your instructor. Your instructor will grade you by using
the listed criteria and checking each step against your performance.
In addition to these components, you will also find a list of References at the end of the text-
book. For additional information about the topics discussed, refer to these references.
Finally, you will notice various icons throughout the textbook. Their purpose is to accentuate
particular factors or denote specific types of knowledge. The icons and their meanings are as
follows:
Observe Standard Precautions Math Skill Career Information
Instructor’s Check—Call
Legal Responsibility Communications Skill
Instructor at This Point
OBRA Requirement—Based on
Federal Law
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
CHAPTER 1 History and Trends
of Health Care
Chapter Objectives
After completing this chapter,
you should be able to:
Observe Standard
Precautions
◆ Differentiate between early beliefs about the
cause of disease and treatment and current
beliefs about disease and treatment
Instructor’s Check—Call
Instructor at This Point
◆ Identify at least 10 major events in the history
of health care
◆ Name at least six historical individuals and
Safety—Proceed with
Caution
explain how each one has helped to improve
health care today
◆ Create a time line showing what you believe
OBRA Requirement—Based
on Federal Law
are the 20 most important discoveries in health
care and explain why you believe they are
important
Math Skill
◆ Identify at least five current trends or changes
in health care
Legal Responsibility
◆ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms
Science Skill
Career Information
Communications Skill
Technology
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 3
KEY TERMS
alternative therapies geriatric care outpatient services
complementary therapies holistic health care pandemic
cost containment home health care telemedicine
diagnostic related groups integrative health care wellness
(DRGs) Omnibus Budget
energy conservation Reconciliation Act (OBRA)
NOTE: To further emphasize the Key Terms, they appear in color in the chapter copy. You will notice beginning
in Chapter 3 on page 39 that pronunciations have been provided for the more difficult key terms. The single
accent mark, _!_, shows where the main stress is placed when saying the word. The double accent, _"_, shows
secondary stress (if present in the word).
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
4 CHAPTER 1
4000 BC–3000 BC Believed that illness and disease were caused by supernatural spirits and demons
Primitive Times Tribal witch doctors treated illness with ceremonies to drive out evil spirits
Herbs and plants used as medicines and some, such as morphine for pain and digitalis for the
heart, are still used today
Trepanation or trephining (boring a hole in the skull) was used to treat insanity, epilepsy, and
headache
Average life span was 20 years
3000 BC–300 BC Earliest people known to maintain accurate health records
Ancient Egyptians Called upon the gods to heal them when disease occurred
Physicians were priests who studied medicine and surgery in temple medical schools
Imhotep (2635–2595? BC) may have been the first physician
Believed the body was a system of channels for air, tears, blood, urine, sperm, and feces
If channels became “clogged,” bloodletting or leeches were used to “open” them
Used magic and medicinal plants to treat disease
Average life span was 20 to 30 years
1700 BC–220 AD Religious prohibitions against dissection resulted in inadequate knowledge of body structure
Ancient Chinese Carefully monitored the pulse to determine the condition of the body
Believed in the need to treat the whole body by curing the spirit and nourishing the body
Recorded a pharmacopoeia of medications based mainly on the use of herbs
Used acupuncture, or puncture of the skin by needles, to relieve pain and congestion
Also used moxibustion (a powdered substance was placed on the skin and then burned to cause
a blister) to treat disease
Began the search for medical reasons for illness
Average life span was 20 to 30 years
1200 BC–200 BC Began modern medical science by observing the human body and effects of disease
Ancient Greeks Biochemist Alcmaeon in 6th century BC identified the brain as the physiological site of the senses
Hippocrates (460–377 BC) called the Father of Medicine:
• Developed an organized method to observe the human body
• Recorded signs and symptoms of many diseases
• Created a high standard of ethics, the Oath of Hippocrates, used by physicians today
Aristotle (384–322 BC) dissected animals and is called the founder of comparative anatomy
Believed illness is a result of natural causes
Used therapies such as massage, art therapy, and herbal treatment that are still used today
Stressed diet and cleanliness as ways to prevent disease
Average life span was 25 to 35 years
753 BC–410 AD First to organize medical care by providing care for injured soldiers
Ancient Romans Early hospitals developed when physicians cared for ill people in rooms in their homes
Later hospitals were religious and charitable institutions housed in monasteries and convents
Began public health and sanitation systems:
• Created aqueducts to carry clean water to the cities
• Built sewers to carry waste materials away from the cities
• Used filtering systems in public baths to prevent disease
• Drained marshes to reduce the incidence of malaria
Claudius Galen (129–199? AD), a physician, established many medical beliefs:
• Body regulated by four fluids or humors: blood, phlegm, black bile, and yellow bile
• An imbalance in the humors resulted in illness
• Described symptoms of inflammation and studied infectious diseases
• Dissected animals and determined function of muscles, kidney, and bladder
Diet, exercise, and medications were used to treat disease
Average life span was 25 to 35 years
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 5
THE RENAISSANCE
Table 1-3 lists many of the historical events that
occurred between 1350 and 1650 AD, a period
The first hospitals were also established in ancient known as the Renaissance. This period often
Rome when physicians began caring for injured refers to the “rebirth of science of medicine.” The
soldiers or ill people in their homes. major source of new information about the
Although many changes occurred in health human body was a result of accepting and allow-
care during ancient times, treatment was still lim- ing human dissection. Doctors could now view
ited. The average person had poor personal body organs and see the connection between
hygiene, drank contaminated water, and had different systems in the body. Artists, such as
unsanitary living conditions. Diseases such as Michelangelo and Leonardo da Vinci, were able
typhoid, cholera, malaria, dysentery, leprosy, and to draw the body accurately. In addition, the
smallpox infected many individuals. Because the development of the printing press resulted in
causes of these diseases had not been discovered, the publication of medical books that were
the diseases were usually fatal. The average life used by students at medical universities. Knowl-
span was 20 to 35 years. Today, individuals who edge spread more rapidly. Physicians were more
die at this age are considered to be young people. educated.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
6 CHAPTER 1
TABLE 1-2 History of Health Care in the Dark Ages and the Middle Ages
HISTORICAL EVENTS OF HEALTH CARE IN THE DARK AGES AND THE MIDDLE AGES
400–800 AD Emphasis was placed on saving the soul and the study of medicine was prohibited
Dark Ages Prayer and divine intervention were used to treat illness and disease
Monks and priests provided custodial care for sick people
Medications were mainly herbal mixtures
Average life span was 20 to 30 years
800–1400 AD Renewed interest in the medical practice of Greeks and Romans
Middle Ages Physicians began to obtain knowledge at medical universities in the 9th century
A pandemic (worldwide epidemic) of the bubonic plague (black death) killed three quarters of the
population of Europe and Asia
Major diseases were smallpox, diphtheria, tuberculosis, typhoid, the plague, and malaria
Arab physicians used their knowledge of chemistry to advance pharmacology
Rhazes (al-Razi), an Arab physician, became known as the Arab Hippocrates:
• Based diagnoses on observations of the signs and symptoms of disease
• Developed criteria for distinguishing between smallpox and measles in 910 AD
• Suggested blood was the cause of many infectious diseases
• Began the use of animal gut for suture material
Arabs began requiring that physicians pass examinations and obtain licenses
Avenzoar, a physician, described the parasite causing scabies in the 12th century
Average life span was 20 to 35 years
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 7
TABLE 1-4 History of Health Care in the 16th, 17th, and 18th Centuries
HISTORICAL EVENTS OF HEALTH CARE IN THE 16TH, 17TH, AND 18TH CENTURIES
16th and 17th Causes of disease were still not known and many people died from infections and puerperal (child-
Centuries birth) fever
Ambroise Paré (1510–1590), a French Surgeon, known as the Father of Modern Surgery:
• Established use of ligatures to bind arteries and stop bleeding
• Eliminated use of boiling oil to cauterize wounds
• Improved treatment of fractures and promoted use of artificial limbs
Gabriel Fallopius (1523–1562):
• Identified the fallopian tubes in the female
• Described the tympanic membrane in the ear
William Harvey (1578–1657) described the circulation of blood to and from the heart in 1628
Anton van Leeuwenhoek (1632–1723) invented the microscope in 1666
First successful blood transfusion on animals performed in England in 1667
Bartolomeo Eustachio identified the eustachian tube leading from the ear to the throat
Scientific societies, such as the Royal Society of London, were established
Apothecaries (early pharmacists) made, prescribed, and sold medications
Average life span was 35 to 45 years
18th Century Gabriel Fahrenheit (1686–1736) created the first mercury thermometer in 1714
Joseph Priestley (1733–1804) discovered the element oxygen in 1774
John Hunter (1728–1793), an English surgeon:
• Established scientific surgical procedures
• Introduced tube feeding in 1778
Benjamin Franklin (1706–1790) invented bifocals for glasses
Dr. Jessee Bennet performed the first successful Cesarean section operation to deliver an infant in
1794
James Lind prescribed lime juice containing vitamin C to prevent scurvy in 1795
Edward Jenner (1749–1823) developed a vaccination for smallpox in 1796
Average life span was 40 to 50 years
The life span increased to an average age of A major development was the invention of
30 to 40 years during the Renaissance, but com- the microscope by Anton van Leeuwenhoek (fig-
mon infections still claimed many lives. At this ure 1-2). This allowed physicians to see organ-
point in time, the actual causes of disease were isms that are too small to be seen by the human
still a mystery. eye. Even though they were not aware of it at the
time, physicians were looking at many of the
pathogenic organisms (germs) that cause dis-
THE 16TH, 17TH, AND ease. The microscope continues to be a major
18TH CENTURIES diagnostic tool.
This period also saw the start of drug stores, or
Table 1-4 lists many of the historical events that pharmacies. Apothecaries (early pharmacists)
occurred during the 16th, 17th, and 18th centu- made, prescribed, and sold medications. Many of
ries. During this period, physicians gained an the medications were made from plants and herbs
increased knowledge of the human body. William similar to those used in ancient times. At the end
Harvey described the circulation of blood. Gabriel of the 18th century, Edward Jenner developed a
Fallopius described the tympanic membrane in vaccine to prevent smallpox, a deadly disease.
the ear and the fallopian tubes of a female. Bar- During this time, the average life span
tolomeo Eustachio identified the tube between increased to 40 to 50 years. However, the causes
the ear and throat. These discoveries allowed of many diseases were still unknown, and medi-
other physicians to see how the body functioned. cal care remained limited.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
8 CHAPTER 1
Anton van Leeuwenhoek (1632–1723) is one of sev- René-Théophile-Hyacinthe Laënnec (1781–1826) was
eral individuals who are called the “Father of Microbiol- a French physician who is frequently called the “Father
ogy” because of his discovery of bacteria and other of Pulmonary Diseases.” In 1816, he invented the
microscopic organisms. He was born in Delft, Holland, stethoscope, which began as a piece of rolled paper
and worked as a tradesman and apprentice to a textile and evolved into a wooden tube that physicians
merchant. van Leeuwenhoek learned to grind lenses inserted into their ears.
and make simple microscopes to use while examining Laënnec used his stethoscope to listen to the various
the thread densities of materials. sounds made by the heart and lungs. For years he stud-
In 1668, he visited London and saw a copy of Robert ied chest sounds and correlated them with diseases
Hookes’s Micrographia, a book depicting Hookes’s own found on autopsy. In 1819, he published a book on his
observations with the microscope. This stimulated van findings, De l’auscultation mediate, also known as On
Leeuwenhoek’s interest and he began to build micro- Mediate Auscultation. Laënnec’s use of auscultation (lis-
scopes that magnified more than 200 times, with clearer tening to internal body sounds) and percussion (tapping
and brighter images than were available at the time. body parts to listen to sounds) formed the basis of the
Using the improved microscope, van Leeuwenhoek diagnostic techniques used in medicine today.
began to observe bees, bugs, water, and other similar Laënnec studied and diagnosed many medical con-
substances. He noticed tiny single-celled organisms that ditions such as bronchiectasis, melanoma, cirrhosis,
he called animalcules, now known as microorganisms. and tuberculosis. Cirrhosis of the liver is still called
When van Leeuwenhoek reported his observations to Laënnec’s cirrhosis because Laënnec was the first phy-
the Royal Society of London, he was met with skepti- sician to recognize this condition as a disease entity.
cism. However, other scientists researched his findings, Laënnec also conducted extensive studies on tubercu-
and eventually his ideas were proved and accepted. losis, but unfortunately he was not aware of the conta-
van Leeuwenhoek was the first individual to record giousness of the disease and contracted tuberculosis
microscopic observations on muscle fibers, blood ves- himself. He died at the age of 45 of tuberculosis, leaving
sels, and spermatozoa. He laid the foundations of plant a legacy of knowledge that is still used by physicians
anatomy and animal reproduction. He developed a today.
method for grinding powerful lenses and made more
than 400 different types of microscopes. Anton van FIGURE 1-3 René Laënnec (Courtesy of Parke-
Leeuwenhoek’s discoveries are the basis for microbiol- Davis and Company, copyright 1957)
ogy today.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 9
19th Century Royal College of Surgeons (medical school) founded in London in 1800
French barbers acted as surgeons by extracting teeth, using leeches for treatment, and giving enemas
First federal vaccination legislation enacted in 1813
First successful blood transfusion was performed on humans in 1818 by James Blundell
René Laënnec (1781–1826) invented the stethoscope in 1816
Dr. Philippe Pinel (1755–1826) began humane treatment for mental illness
Pandemic of cholera in 1832
Theodor Fliedner started one of the first training programs for nurses in Germany in 1836, which
provided Florence Nightingale with her formal training
In the 1840s, Ignaz Semmelweis (1818–1865) encouraged physicians to wash their hands with lime
after performing autopsies and before delivering babies to prevent puerperal (childbirth) fever, but the
idea was resisted by hospital and medical personnel
Dr. William Morton (1819–1868), an American dentist, began using ether as an anesthetic in 1846
Dr. James Simpson (1811–1870) began using chloroform as an anesthetic in 1847
American Medical Association was formed in Philadelphia in 1847
Elizabeth Blackwell (1821–1910) became the first female physician in the United States in 1849;
started the first Women’s Medical College in New York in 1868
American Pharmaceutical Association held its first convention in 1853
Florence Nightingale (1820–1910) was the founder of modern nursing:
• Established efficient and sanitary nursing units during Crimean War in 1854
• Opened Nightingale School and Home for Nurses at St. Thomas’ Hospital in London in 1860
• Began the professional education of nurses
Dorothea Dix (1802–1887) appointed Superintendent of Female Nurses of the Army in 1861
International Red Cross was founded in 1863
Joseph Lister (1827–1912) started using disinfectants and antiseptics during surgery to prevent infec-
tion in 1865
Elizabeth Garrett Anderson (1836–1917) became the first female physician in Britain in 1870 and the
first woman member of the British Medical Association in 1873
Paul Ehrlich (1854–1915), a German bacteriologist, developed methods of detecting and differentiating
between various diseases, developed the foundation for modern theories of immunity, and used
chemicals to eliminate microorganisms
Francis Clarke and M. G. Foster patented the first electrical hearing aid in 1880
Clara Barton (1821–1912) founded the American Red Cross in 1881
Robert Koch (1843–1910), another individual who is also called the “Father of Microbiology,” devel-
oped the culture plate method to identify pathogens and in 1882 isolated the bacteria that causes
tuberculosis
Louis Pasteur (1822–1895) contributed many discoveries to the practice of medicine including:
• Proving that microorganisms cause disease
• Pasteurizing milk to kill bacteria
• Creating a vaccine for rabies in 1885
Gregory Mendel (1822–1884) established principles of heredity and dominant/recessive patterns
Dimitri Ivanofski discovered viruses in 1892
Lillian Wald (1867–1940) established the Henry Street Settlement in New York City in 1893 (the start
of public health nursing)
Dr. Emile Roux of Paris developed a vaccine for diphtheria in 1894
Wilhelm Roentgen (1845–1923) discovered roentgenograms (X-rays) in 1895
Almroth Wright developed a vaccine for typhoid fever in 1897
Bayer introduced aspirin in powdered form in 1899
Bacteria causing gonorrhea and leprosy were discovered and identified
Average life span was 40 to 60 years
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
10 CHAPTER 1
Florence Nightingale (1820–1910) is known as the Louis Pasteur (1822–1895) was a French chemist and
founder of modern nursing. In 1854, Nightingale led 38 biologist. He is also called the “Father of Microbiological
nurses to serve in the Crimean War. During the war, Sciences and Immunology” because of his work with
the medical services of the British army were horrifying the microorganisms that cause disease. Pasteur devel-
and inadequate. Hundreds of soldiers died because of oped the germ theory and discovered the processes of
poor hygiene and unsanitary conditions. Nightingale pasteurization, vaccination, and fermentation. His germ
fought for the reform of the military hospitals and for theory proved that microorganisms cause most infec-
improved medical care. tious diseases. He proved that heat can be used to
Nightingale encouraged efficiency and cleanliness destroy harmful germs in perishable food, a process
in the hospitals. Her efforts decreased the death rate of now known as “pasteurization.” Pasteur also discovered
patients by two thirds. She used statistics to prove that that weaker microorganisms could be used to immunize
the number of deaths decreased with improved sani- against more poisonous forms of a microorganism. He
tary conditions. Because of her statistics, sanitation developed vaccines against anthrax, chicken cholera,
reforms occurred and medical practice improved. rabies, and swine erysipelas. Through his studies of fer-
One of Nightingale’s greatest accomplishments was mentation, he proved that each disease is caused by a
starting the Nightingale Training School for nurses at specific microscopic organism.
St. Thomas’ Hospital in London. Nurses attending her Pasteur’s principles for sanitation helped control the
school received a year’s training, which included lec- spread of disease and provided ideas on how to pre-
tures and practical ward work. Trained nurses were vent disease. These discoveries reformed surgery and
then sent to work in British hospitals and abroad. These obstetrics. Pasteur is responsible for saving the lives of
trained nurses also established other nursing schools millions of people through vaccination and pasteuriza-
by using Nightingale’s model. Nightingale published tion. His accomplishments are the foundation of bacte-
more than 200 books, pamphlets, and reports. Her riology, immunology, microbiology, molecular biology,
writings on hospital organization had a lasting effect in and virology in today’s health care.
England and throughout the world. Many of her princi- FIGURE 1-5 Louis Pasteur (Courtesy of Parke-
ples are still used in health care today.
Davis and Company, copyright 1957)
FIGURE 1-4 Florence Nightingale (Courtesy of
Parke-Davis, a division of Warner-Cambert the army. Clara Barton founded the American
Company) Red Cross (figure 1-6).
The average life span during this period
Infection control was another major develop- increased to 40 to 65 years. Treatment for disease
ment. Physicians began to associate the tiny was more specific after the causes for diseases
microorganisms seen in the microscope with dis- were identified. Many vaccines and medications
eases. Methods to stop the spread of these organ- were developed.
isms were developed by Theodor Fliedner, Joseph
Lister, and Louis Pasteur (figure 1-5).
Women became active participants in medi-
cal care. Elizabeth Blackwell was the first female
THE 20TH CENTURY
physician in the United States. Dorothea Dix was Table 1-6 lists many of the historical events that
appointed superintendent of female nurses in occurred during the 20th century. This period
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 11
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
12 CHAPTER 1
Nucleus (1)
Cell membrane
Basic
cell DNA
molecule (3)
Gene (4)
Cytoplasm
Chromosomes (2)
FIGURE 1-7B The discovery of the structure of DNA and how it carries genetic (inherited) information was
the beginning of research on how to cure inherited diseases by gene therapy.
20th Century Walter Reed demonstrated that mosquitoes carry yellow fever in 1900
Carl Landsteiner classified the ABO blood groups in 1901
Female Army Nurse Corps established as a permanent organization in 1901
Miller Reese of New York patented the battery-driven hearing aid in 1901
Dr. Harry Plotz developed a vaccine against typhoid in 1903
Dr. Elie Metchnikoff (1845–1916) identified how white blood cells protect against disease
Marie Curie (1867–1934) isolated radium in 1910
Sigmund Freud’s (1856–1939) studies formed the basis for psychology and psychiatry
Influenza (flu) pandemic killed more than 21 million people in 1918
Frederick Banting and Charles Best discovered and used insulin to treat diabetes in 1922
Health insurance plans and social reforms were developed in the 1920s
Mary Breckinridge (1881–1965) founded Frontier Nursing Service in 1925 to deliver health care to
rural Kentuckians
John Enders and Frederick Robbins developed methods to grow viruses in cultures in the 1930s
Sir Alexander Fleming (1881–1955) discovered penicillin in 1928
Buddy, a German shepherd, became the first guide dog for the blind in 1928
Dr. Robert Smith (Dr. Bob) and William Wilson founded Alcoholics Anonymous in 1935
President Franklin Roosevelt established the March of Dimes to fight poliomyelitis in 1937
Gerhard Domagk (1895–1964) developed sulfa drugs to fight infections
Dr. George Papanicolaou developed the Pap test to detect cervical cancer in females in 1941
The first kidney dialysis machine was developed in 1944
Jonas Salk (1914–1995) developed the polio vaccine using dead polio virus in 1952
Francis Crick and James Watson described the structure of DNA and how it carries genetic information
in 1953
(continues)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 13
The first heart–lung machine was used for open-heart surgery in 1953
Conjoined (Siamese) twins were separated successfully for the first time in 1953
The first successful kidney transplant in humans was performed by Joseph Murray in 1954
Albert Sabin (1906–1993) developed an oral live-virus polio vaccine in the mid-1950s
Birth control pills approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in 1960
An arm severed at the shoulder was successfully reattached to body in 1962
The first liver transplant was performed by Thomas Starzl in 1963
The first lung transplant was performed by James Hardy in 1964
Medicare and Medicaid 1965 Amendment to Social Security Act marked the entry of the federal gov-
ernment into the health care arena as a major purchaser of health services
The first successful heart transplant was performed by Christian Barnard in 1967
The first hospice was founded in England in 1967
Hargobind Khorana synthesized a gene in 1970
Health Maintenance Organization Act of 1973 established standards for HMOs and provided an alterna-
tive to private health insurance
Physicians used amniocentesis to diagnose inherited diseases before birth in 1975
Computerized axial tomography (CAT) scan was developed in 1975
New Jersey Supreme Court ruled that parents of Karen Ann Quinlan, a comatose woman, had the
power to remove life support systems in 1975
The first “test tube” baby, Louise Brown, was born in England in 1978
Genetic engineering led to development of vaccines against hepatitis, herpes simplex, and chicken pox
in the 1980s
Acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) was identified as a disease in 1981
Dr. William DeVries implanted the first artificial heart, the Jarvik-7, in 1982
Cyclosporine, a drug to suppress the immune system after organ transplants, approved in 1983
The Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) causing AIDS was identified in 1984
The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) of 1987 established regulations for the education and
certification of nursing assistants
The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989 created an agency for health care policy and research
to develop outcome measures of health care quality
The first gene therapy to treat disease occurred in 1990
President George H. Bush signed the Americans with Disabilities Act in 1990
The National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine (NCCAM) was established by the
National Institutes of Health (NIH) to research and establish standards of quality care in 1992
A vaccine for chicken pox was approved in 1995
The British government admitted that an outbreak of “mad cow” disease was linked to Creutzfeldt–
Jacob disease in humans in 1996
President Clinton signed the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) of 1996 to
protect patient privacy and to make it easier to obtain and keep health insurance
Identification of genes causing diseases increased rapidly in the 1990s
A sheep was cloned in 1997
The first successful larynx (voice box) transplant was performed in 1998
An international team of scientists sequenced the first human chromosome in 1999
Average life span was 60 to 80 years
control has helped decrease surgical infections periods combined. Today, computers are used in
that previously killed many patients. every aspect of health care. Their use will increase
The contribution of computer technology to even more in the 21st century.
medical science has helped medicine progress All of these developments have helped
faster in the 20th century than in all previous increase the average life span to 60 to 80 years. In
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
14 CHAPTER 1
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 15
21st Century Adult stem cells were used in the treatment of disease early in the 2000s
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the use of the abortion pill RU-486 in 2000
President George W. Bush approved federal funding for research using only existing lines of em-
bryonic stem cells in 2001
Advanced Cell Technology announced it cloned a human embryo in 2001 but the embryo did not
survive
The first totally implantable artificial heart was placed in a patient in Louisville, Kentucky, in 2001
Smallpox vaccinations were given to military personnel and first responders to limit the effects of a
potential bioterrorist attack in 2002
The Netherlands became the first country in the world to legalize euthanasia in 2002
The Human Genome Project to identify all of the approximately 20,000 to 25,000 genes in human
DNA was completed in 2003
The Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, required under the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) of 1996, went into effect in 2003
The Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act was passed in 2003
The virus that causes severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) was identified in 2003 as a new
coronavirus, never seen in humans previously
National Institutes of Health (NIH) researchers discover that primary teeth can be a source of stem
cells in 2003
First face transplant was performed in France in 2005 on a woman whose lower face was destroyed
by a dog attack
Stem cell researchers at the University of Minnesota coaxed embryonic stem cells to produce
cancer-killing cells in 2005
The National Cancer Institute (NCI) and the National Human Genome Research Institute started a
project to map genes associated with cancer so mutations that occur with specific cancers can be
identified in 2006
The FDA approved the use of the AbioCor totally implantable artificial heart in 2006
The first inhalable insulin product, Exubera, was approved by the FDA in 2006
Researchers propose a new method to generate embryonic stem cells from a blastocyst without
destroying embryos in 2006
Gardasil, a vaccine to prevent cervical cancer, was approved by the FDA in 2006
Zostavax, a vaccine to prevent herpes zoster (shingles), was approved by the FDA in 2006
Potential for the Cures for AIDS, cancer, and heart disease are found
21st Century Genetic manipulation to prevent inherited diseases is a common practice
Development of methods to slow the aging process or stop aging are created
Nerves in the brain and spinal cord are regenerated to eliminate paralysis
Transplants of every organ in the body, including the brain, are possible
Antibiotics are developed that do not allow pathogens to develop resistance
Average life span is increased to 90 to 100 years and beyond
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
16 CHAPTER 1
examine internal body parts are valuable diag- example, a large medical laboratory with
nostic tools, but these devices can cost mil- expensive computerized equipment perform-
lions of dollars. Advanced technology does ing thousands of tests per day can provide
allow people to survive illnesses that used to quality service at a much lower price than
be fatal, but these individuals may require smaller laboratories with less expensive equip-
expensive and lifelong care. ment capable of performing only a limited
♦ The aging population: older individuals use numbers of tests per day.
more pharmaceutical products (medications), ♦ Outpatient services: patients receive care
have more chronic diseases, and often need without being admitted to hospitals or other
frequent health care services. care facilities. Hospital care is expensive.
♦ Health-related lawsuits: lawsuits force health Reducing the length of hospital stays or
care providers to obtain expensive malprac- decreasing the need for hospital admissions
tice insurance, order diagnostic tests even lowers the cost of health care. For example,
though they might not be necessary, and make patients who had open-heart surgery used to
every effort to avoid lawsuits by practicing spend several weeks in a hospital. Today, the
defensive health care. average length of stay is 5 to 7 days. Less
expensive home care or transfer to a skilled-
Because these expenses must be paid, a major
care facility can be used for individuals who
concern is that health care costs could rise to lev-
require additional assistance. Surgery, radio-
els that could prohibit providing services to all
graphs, diagnostic tests, and many other pro-
individuals. However, everyone should have
cedures that once required admission to a
equal access to care regardless of their ability to
hospital are now done on an outpatient basis.
pay. Because of this, all aspects of health care are
directed toward cost containment. Although ♦ Mass or bulk purchasing: buying equipment
there is no firm answer to controlling health costs, and supplies in larger quantities at reduced
most agencies that deliver health care are trying prices. This can be done by combining the
to provide quality care at the lowest possible purchases of different departments in a single
price. Some methods of cost containment that agency, or by combining the purchases of sev-
are used include: eral different agencies. A major health care
system purchasing medical supplies for hun-
♦ Diagnostic related groups (DRGs): one dreds or thousands of health care agencies
way Congress is trying to control costs for gov- can obtain much lower prices than an indi-
ernment insurance plans such as Medicare and vidual agency. Computerized inventory can
Medicaid. Under this plan, patients with cer- be used to determine when supplies are
tain diagnoses who are admitted to hospitals needed and to prevent overstocks and waste.
are classified in one payment group. A limit is
placed on the cost of care, and the agency pro- ♦ Early intervention and preventive services: pro-
viding care receives this set amount. This viding care before acute or chronic disease
encourages the agency to make every effort to occurs. Preventing illness is always more cost-
provide care within the expense limit allowed. effective than treating illness. Methods used
If the cost of care is less than the amount paid, to prevent illness include patient education,
the agency keeps the extra money. If the cost of immunizations, regular physical examina-
care is more than the amount paid, the agency tions to detect problems early, incentives for
must accept the loss. individuals to participate in preventive activi-
ties, and easy access for all individuals to pre-
♦ Combination of services: done to eliminate
ventive health care services. Studies have
duplication of services. Clinics, laboratories
shown that individuals with limited access to
shared by different agencies, health mainte-
health services and restricted finances use
nance organizations (HMOs), preferred pro-
expensive emergency rooms and acute care
vider organizations (PPOs), and other similar
facilities much more frequently. Providing
agencies all represent attempts to control the
early intervention and care to these individu-
rising cost of health care. When health care
als is much more cost-efficient.
agencies join together or share specific ser-
vices, care can be provided to a larger number ♦ Energy conservation: monitoring the use of
of people at a decreased cost per person. For energy to control costs and conserve resources.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 17
Major expenses for every health care industry/ respiratory therapy, social services, nutritional
agency are electricity, water, and/or gas. Most and food services, and other types of care can be
large health care facilities perform energy provided in the home environment.
audits to determine how resources are being
used and to calculate ways to conserve energy.
Methods that can be used for energy conserva- GERIATRIC CARE
tion include designing and building new
energy-efficient facilities; constantly monitor- Geriatric care, or care for the elderly, is
ing and maintaining heating/cooling systems; another field that will continue to experience
using insulation and thermopane windows to rapid growth in the future (figure 1-9). This is
prevent hot/cool air loss; repairing plumbing caused in part by the large number of individuals
fixtures immediately to stop water loss; replac- who are experiencing longer life spans because of
ing energy-consuming lightbulbs with fluores- advances in health care. Many people now enjoy
cent or energy-efficient bulbs; installing life spans of 80 years or more. Years ago, very few
infrared sensors to turn water faucets on and people lived to be 100 years old. This is becoming
off; and using alternative forms of energy such more and more common. Also, the “baby boom”
as solar power. Recycling is also a form of generation—the large number of people born
energy conservation, and most health care after World War II—is now reaching the geriatric
facilities recycle many different materials. age classification. Projections from the U.S. Cen-
sus Bureau indicate that the rate of population
The preceding are just a few examples of cost growth during the next 50 years will be slower for
containment. Many other methods will undoubt- all age groups, but the number of people in older
edly be applied in the years ahead. It is important age groups will continue to grow more than twice
to note that the quality of health care should not as rapidly as the total population. Many different
be lowered simply to control costs. To prevent this facilities will be involved in providing care and
from happening, the Agency for Health Care Pol- resources for this age group. Adult day care cen-
icy and Research (AHCPR) researches the quality ters, retirement communities, assisted/indepen-
of health care delivery and identifies the standards dent living facilities, long-term care facilities, and
of treatment that should be provided. In addition, other organizations will all see increased demand
every health care worker must make every effort for the services they provide.
to provide quality care while doing everything
possible to avoid waste and keep expenditures
down. Health care consumers must assume more
responsibility for their own care, become better
informed of all options for health care services,
and follow preventive measures to avoid or limit
illness and disease. Everyone working together
can help control the rising cost of health care.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
18 CHAPTER 1
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 19
COMPLEMENTARY AND
ALTERNATIVE METHODS
OF HEALTH CARE
The most common health care system in the
United States is the biomedical or “Western” sys-
tem. It is based on evaluating the physical signs
FIGURE 1-10 Individuals are recognizing the and symptoms of a patient, determining the cause
importance of exercise and healthy living habits.
of disease, and treating the cause. A major trend,
(Courtesy of Photodisc)
however, is an increase in the use of complemen-
tary or alternative (CAM) health care therapies.
appropriately, accepting one’s limitations, Complementary therapies are methods of
adjusting to change, coping with stress, enjoy- treatment that are used in conjunction with con-
ing life, and maintaining an optimistic out- ventional medical therapies. Alternative thera-
look pies can be defined as methods of treatment that
♦ Social wellness: promoted by showing con- are used in place of biomedical therapies. Even
cern, fairness, affection, tolerance, and respect though the two terms are different, the term alter-
for others; communicating and interacting native is usually applied whether or not the ther-
well with others; sharing ideas and thoughts; apy is used in place of, or in conjunction with,
and practicing honesty and loyalty conventional medical therapies.
♦ Mental and intellectual wellness: promoted by Many health care facilities now offer inte-
being creative, logical, curious, and open- grative (integrated) health care, which uses
minded; using common sense; obtaining con- both mainstream medical treatments and CAM
tinual learning; questioning and evaluating therapies to treat a patient. For example, chronic
information and situations; learning from life pain is treated with both medications and CAM
experiences; and using flexibility and creativ- therapies that encourage stress reduction and
ity to solve problems relaxation. Integrative health care is based on the
principle that individuals have the ability to bring
♦ Spiritual wellness: promoted by using values, greater wellness and healing into their own lives
ethics, and morals to find meaning, direction, and that the mind affects the healing process. In
and purpose to life; often includes believing in addition, integrative care recognizes that each
a higher authority and observing religious person is unique and may require different medi-
practices cal treatments and a variety of CAM therapies.
The trend toward wellness has led to holistic For this reason, an integrative treatment plan
health care, or care that promotes physical, must be individualized to meet the patient’s own
emotional, social, intellectual, and spiritual well- special needs and circumstances.
being by treating the whole body, mind, and The interest in holistic health care has
spirit. Each patient is recognized as a unique per- increased the use of CAM therapies. Common
son with different needs. Holistic health care uses threads in these therapies are that they consider
many methods of diagnosis and treatment in the whole individual and recognize that the
addition to traditional Western medical practice. health of each part has an effect on the person’s
Treatment is directed toward protection and res- total health status; that each person has a life
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
20 CHAPTER 1
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 21
Acupressure Pressure is applied with fingers, palms, thumbs, or elbows to specific pressure points of the
(Shiatsu) body to stimulate and regulate the flow of energy; based on the belief that Chi (life energy)
flows through meridians (pathways) in the body, and illness and pain occur when the flow is
blocked; used to treat muscular–joint pain, depression, digestive problems, and respiratory
disorders; Shiatsu is the Japanese form of acupressure
Acupuncture Ancient Chinese therapy that involves the insertion of very thin needles into specific points
along the meridians (pathways) in the body to stimulate and balance the flow of energy; at
times, heat (moxibustion) or electrical stimulation is applied to the needles; based on the belief
that Chi (life energy) flows through the meridians, and illness and pain occur when the flow is
blocked; used to relieve pain, especially headache and back pain, reduce stress-related
illnesses, and treat drug dependency and obesity
Antioxidants Nutritional therapy that encourages the use of substances called antioxidants to prevent or
(Free Radicals) inhibit oxidation (chemical process in which a substance is joined to oxygen) and neutralize
free radicals (molecules that can damage body cells by altering the genetic code); examples of
antioxidants are vitamins A, C, and E, and selenium; may prevent heart disease, cataracts, and
some types of cancer
Aromatherapy Therapeutic use of selected fragrances (concentrated essences or essential oils that have been
extracted from roots, bark, plants, and/or flowers) to alter mood and restore the body, mind,
and spirit; fragrances may be diluted in oils for massages or placed in warm water or candles
for inhalation; used to relieve tense muscles and tension headaches or backaches, lower blood
pressure, and cause a stimulating, uplifting, relaxing, or soothing effect
Biofeedback Relaxation therapy that uses monitoring devices to provide a patient with information about
his/her reaction to stress by showing the effect of stress on heart rate, respirations, blood
pressure, muscle tension, and skin temperature; patient is then taught relaxation methods to
gain “mind” or voluntary control over the physical responses; used to treat hypertension (high
blood pressure), migraine headaches, and stress-related illnesses, and to enhance relaxation
Healing Touch Ancient Japanese/Tibetan healing art based on the idea that disease causes an imbalance in
(Reiki) the body’s energy field; begins with centering (inward focus of total serenity) before gentle
hand pressure is applied to the body’s chakras (energy centers) to harness and balance the life
energy force, help clear blockages, and stimulate healing; at times, hands are positioned
slightly above the energy centers; used to promote relaxation, reduce pain, and promote
wound healing
Herbal or Botanical Herbal medicine treatments that have been used in almost all cultures since primitive times;
Medicine based on the belief that herbs and plant extracts, from roots, stems, seeds, flowers, and
leaves, contain compounds that alter blood chemistry, remove impurities, strengthen the
immune system, and protect against disease
Homeopathy Treatment based on using very minute, dilute doses of drugs made from natural substances
to produce symptoms of the disease being treated; based on the belief that these substances
stimulate the immune system to remove toxins and heal the body; very controversial form of
treatment
Hydrotherapy Type of treatment that uses water in any form, internally and externally, for healing purposes;
common external examples include water aerobics and exercises, massage in or under water,
soaking in hot springs or tubs, and steam vapors; a common internal example is a diet that
encourages drinking large amounts of water to help cleanse the body and stimulate the
digestive tract
(continues)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
22 CHAPTER 1
Hypnotherapy Technique used to induce a trancelike state so a person is more receptive to suggestion;
(Hypnosis) enhances a person’s ability to form images; used to encourage desired behavior changes such
as helping people lose weight, stop smoking, reduce stress, and/or relieve pain
Imagery Technique of using imagination and as many senses as possible to visualize a pleasant and
soothing image; used to decrease tension, anxiety, and adverse effects of chemotherapy
Ionization Special machines called air ionizers are used to produce negatively charged air particles or
Therapy ions; used to treat common respiratory disorders
Macrobiotic Diet Macrobiotic (meaning “long life”) is a nutrition therapy based on the Taoist concept of the bal-
ance between yin (cold, death, and darkness) and yang (heat, life, and light) and the belief that
different foods represent yin (sweet foods) and yang (meat and eggs); diet encourages
balanced foods such as brown rice, whole grains, nuts, vegetables, fruits, and fish; discour-
ages overindulgence of yin or yang foods; processed and treated foods, red meat, sugar, dairy
products, eggs, and caffeine should be avoided; similar to the American Dietary Association’s
low-fat, low-cholesterol, and high-fiber diet
Meditation Therapy that teaches breathing and muscle relaxation techniques to quiet the mind by focusing
attention on obtaining a sense of oneness within oneself; used to reduce stress and pain, slow
heart rate, lower blood pressure, and stimulate relaxation
Pet Therapy Therapy that uses pets, such as dogs, cats, and birds, to enhance health and stimulate an
interest in life; helps individuals overcome physical limitations, decrease depression, increase
self-esteem, socialize, and lower stress levels and blood pressure
Phytochemicals Nutritional therapy that recommends foods containing phytochemicals (nonnutritive plant
chemicals that store nutrients and provide aroma and color in plants) with the belief that the
chemicals help prevent disease; found mainly in a wide variety of fruits and vegetables, so
these are recommended for daily consumption; used to prevent heart disease, stroke, cancer,
and cataracts
Play Therapy Therapy that uses toys to allow children to learn about situations, share experiences, and express
their emotions; important aspect of psychotherapy for children with limited language ability
Positive Thought Therapy that involves developing self-awareness, self-esteem, and love for oneself to allow the
body to heal itself and eliminate disease; based on the belief that disease is a negative process
that can be reversed by an individual’s mental processes
Reflexology Ancient healing art based on the concept that the body is divided into ten equal zones that run
from the head to the toes; illness or disease of a body part causes deposits of calcium or acids
in the corresponding part of the foot; therapy involves applying pressure on specific points on
the foot so energy movement is directed toward the affected body part; used to promote
healing and relaxation, reduce stress, improve circulation, and treat asthma, sinus infections,
irritable bowel syndrome, kidney stones, and constipation
Spiritual Therapies Therapies based on the belief that a state of wholeness or health depends not only on physical
health, but the spiritual aspects of an individual; uses prayer, meditation, self-evaluation, and
spiritual guidance to allow an individual to use the powers within to increase the sense of well-
being and promote healing
Tai Chi Therapies based on the ancient theory that health is harmony with nature and the universe and a
balanced state of yin (cold) and yang (heat); uses a series of sequential, slow, graceful, and
precise body movements combined with breathing techniques to improve energy flow (Chi)
within the body; improves stamina, balance, and coordination and leads to a sense of well-
being; used to treat digestive disorders, stress, depression, and arthritis
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 23
Therapeutic Treatment that uses kneeling, gliding, friction, tapping, and vibration motions by the hands to
(Swedish) Massage increase circulation of the blood and lymph, relieve musculoskeletal stiffness, pain, and
spasm, increase range-of-motion, and induce relaxation
Therapeutic Touch Therapy based on an ancient healing practice with the belief that illness is an imbalance in an
individual’s energy field; the practitioner assesses alterations or changes in a patient’s energy
fields, places his/her hands on or slightly above the patient’s body, and balances the energy
flow to stimulate self-healing; used to encourage relaxation, stimulate wound healing, increase
the energy level, and decrease anxiety
Yoga Hindu discipline that uses concentration, specific positions, and ancient ritual movements to
maintain the balance and flow of life energy; encourages the use of both the body and mind to
achieve a state of perfect spiritual insight and tranquility; used to increase spiritual enlighten-
ment and well-being, develop an awareness of the body to improve coordination, relieve stress
and anxiety, and increase muscle tone
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
24 CHAPTER 1
drome (SARS), monkeypox, and filoviruses such for immediate use, and more research must
as the Ebola virus and the Marburg virus that be done to develop and produce effective anti-
cause hemorrhagic fever. Because viruses are viral drugs
prone to mutation and exchanging genetic infor-
mation, the creation of a new lethal virus can ♦ Development of protective public health mea-
occur at any time. WHO estimates that 2 to 7 mil- sures: influenza must be diagnosed rapidly
lion people worldwide could die from infections and accurately, strict infection control meth-
by this type of virus. Other estimates are that tens ods must be implemented to limit the spread
of millions of people could die. of the virus, first responders and health care
Many governments are creating pandemic personnel must be immunized so they will be
influenza plans to protect their populations. able to care for infected individuals, and quar-
Components of most plans include the following: antine measures must be used if necessary to
control the spread of the disease
♦ Education: information about the pandemic
and ways to avoid its spread must be given to ♦ International cooperation: countries must be
the entire population willing to work with each other to create an
international plan that will limit the spread of
♦ Vaccine production: more research must be
lethal viruses and decrease the severity of a
directed toward producing effective vaccines
pandemic
in larger quantities and in a shorter period of
time In the near future, much effort will be directed
♦ Antiviral drugs: drugs that are currently avail- toward identifying and limiting the effect of any
able must be stockpiled so they will be ready organism that could lead to a pandemic. Health
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
History and Trends of Health Care 25
care workers must stay informed and be prepared 2. Trends in health care: research topics such as
to deal with the consequences of a pandemic. home health care, the Omnibus Budget Recon-
ciliation Act of 1987, telemedicine, holistic
health care, cost containment, geriatric care,
CONCLUSION and wellness to obtain additional information
on the present effect on health care.
Although the preceding are just several of the 3. Complementary/alternative methods of health
many trends in health care, they do illustrate how care: search the Internet for additional infor-
health care has changed and how it will continue mation on specific therapies such as acupunc-
to change. Every health care worker must stay ture. Refer to table 1–8 for a list of many
abreast of such changes and make every attempt different therapies.
to learn about them.
4. Pandemics: search the Internet to obtain
information on at least four (4) pandemics.
STUDENT: Go to the workbook and complete Compare and contrast the cause of each
the assignment sheet for Chapter 1, History and pandemic, the number of people infected, and
Trends of Health Care. the death rate.
REVIEW QUESTIONS
CHAPTER 1 SUMMARY
1. Name the person responsible for each of the
following events in the history of health care.
The history of health care shows that treating ill-
Briefly state how their accomplishments
ness and disease has been an important part of
contributed to the current state of health care.
every civilization. Even in ancient times, people
a. The ancient Greek who is known as the
were searching for ways to eliminate illness and
Father of Medicine
disease. Some of the early plants and herbs that
b. An artist who drew the human body during
were used to treat disease are still in use today.
the Renaissance
Computers and modern technology have caused
c. The inventor of the microscope
major changes in health care in the past century.
d. The individual who discovered roentgeno-
Many more changes are expected in the future
grams (X-rays)
as scientists continue to study the human body
e. The person who discovered penicillin
and discover the causes of illness and disease.
As health care continues to grow as an in- 2. Create a time line for the history of health care
dustry, changes and trends will occur. Issues of showing the twenty (20) events you believe had
primary importance are cost containment to the most impact on modern-day care. State
control the high cost of health care, home health why you believe these events are the most
care, care for the elderly, telemedicine, wellness important.
to prevent disease, complementary and alterna-
3. List six (6) specific ways to control the rising
tive methods (CAM) of health care, a national
cost of health care.
health care plan, and pandemic preparation.
4. You are employed in a medical office with four
doctors. Identify four (4) specific ways to
conserve energy in the office.
INTERNET SEARCHES
5. Write a brief essay describing how you main-
Use the suggested search engines in Chapter 12:4 tain physical, emotional, social, mental, and
of this textbook to search the Internet for addi- spiritual wellness. Be sure to include specific
tional information on the following topics: examples for each type of wellness.
1. History of health care: research individual 6. Review all the CAM therapies shown in table
names or discoveries such as the polio vaccine 1-8. Identify two therapies that you believe
to gain more insight into how major develop- would be beneficial. Explain why you think
ments in health care occurred. the therapies might be effective.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
CHAPTER 2 Health Care
Systems
Chapter Objectives
After completing this chapter,
you should be able to:
Observe Standard
Precautions
◆ Describe at least eight types of private health
care facilities
◆ Analyze at least three government agencies
Instructor’s Check—Call
Instructor at This Point
and the services offered by each
◆ Describe at least three services offered by
voluntary or nonprofit agencies
Safety—Proceed with
Caution ◆ Compare the basic principles of at least four
different health insurance plans
OBRA Requirement—Based ◆ Explain the purpose of organizational
on Federal Law structures in health care facilities
◆ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms
Math Skill
Legal Responsibility
Science Skill
Career Information
Communications Skill
Technology
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Health Care Systems 27
KEY TERMS
Agency for Health Care home health care Occupational Safety and
Policy and Research hospice Health Administration
(AHCPR) hospitals (OSHA)
assisted living facilities independent living facilities optical centers
Centers for Disease Control industrial health care organizational structure
and Prevention (CDC) centers preferred provider
clinics laboratories organizations (PPOs)
dental offices long-term care facilities rehabilitation
emergency care services (LTCs or LTCFs) school health services
Food and Drug managed care TRICARE
Administration (FDA) Medicaid U.S. Department of Health
genetic counseling centers medical offices and Human Services
health departments Medicare (USDHHS)
health insurance plans Medigap voluntary agencies
Health Insurance Portability mental health Workers’ Compensation
and Accountability Act National Institutes of Health World Health Organization
(HIPAA) (NIH) (WHO)
health maintenance nonprofit agencies
organizations (HMOs)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
28 CHAPTER 1
LONG-TERM CARE
FACILITIES
Long-term care facilities (LTCs or LTCFs)
mainly provide assistance and care for elderly
patients, usually called residents. However, they
also provide care for individuals with disabilities
or handicaps and individuals with chronic or
long-term illness.
There are many different types of long-term
care facilities. Some of the more common ones
include:
♦ Residential care facilities (nursing homes or
geriatric homes): designed to provide basic
physical and emotional care to individuals
who can no longer care for themselves; help
individuals with activities of daily living
(ADLs), provide a safe and secure environ-
ment, and promote opportunities for social
interactions
♦ Extended care facilities or skilled care facilities:
designed to provide skilled nursing care and
rehabilitative care to prepare patients* or resi-
dents for return to home environments or
other long-term care facilities; some have sub-
acute units designed to provide services to
FIGURE 2-1 Different health care facilities.
*In some health care facilities, patients are referred to
as clients. For the purposes of this text, patient will be
used.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Health Care Systems 29
patients who need rehabilitation to recover areas, major retail or department stores operate
from a major illness or surgery, treatment for dental clinics. Dental services can include gen-
cancer, or treatments such as dialysis for kid- eral care provided to all age groups or specialized
ney disease or heart monitoring care offered to certain age groups or for certain
♦ Independent living and assisted living dental conditions.
facilities: allow individuals who can care for
themselves to rent or purchase an apartment
in the facility; provide services such as meals, CLINICS OR SATELLITE
housekeeping, laundry, transportation, social
events, and basic medical care (such as assist-
CENTERS
ing with medications) Clinics, also called satellite clinics or satellite
Most assisted or independent living facilities centers, are health care facilities found in many
are associated with nursing homes, extended care types of health care. Some clinics are composed
facilities, and/or skilled care facilities. This allows of a group of medical or dental doctors who share
an individual to move readily from one level of a facility and other personnel. Other clinics are
care to the next when health needs change. Many operated by private groups who provide special
long-term care facilities also offer special services care. Examples include:
such as the delivery of meals to the homes of the ♦ Surgical clinics or surgicenters: perform minor
elderly, chronically ill, or people with disabilities. surgical procedures; frequently called “one-
Some facilities offer senior citizen or adult day day” surgical centers because patients are sent
care centers, which provide social activities and home immediately after they recover from
other services for the elderly. The need for long- their operation
term care facilities has increased dramatically
because of the large increase in the number of ♦ Urgent or emergency care clinics: provide first
elderly people. Many health career opportunities aid or emergency care to ill or injured patients
are available in these facilities, and there is a ♦ Rehabilitation clinics: offer physical, occupa-
shortage of nurses and other personnel. tional, speech, and other similar therapies
♦ Specialty clinics: provide care for specific dis-
eases; examples include diabetic clinics, kid-
MEDICAL OFFICES ney dialysis centers, and oncology (cancer)
clinics
Medical offices vary from offices that are pri-
♦ Outpatient clinics: usually operated by hospi-
vately owned by one doctor to large complexes
tals or large medical groups; provide care for
that operate as corporations and employ many
outpatients (patients who are not admitted to
doctors and other health care professionals. Medi-
the hospital)
cal services obtained in these facilities can include
diagnosis (determining the nature of an illness), ♦ Health department clinics: may offer clinics
treatment, examination, basic laboratory testing, for pediatric health care, treatment of sexually
minor surgery, and other similar care. Some medi- transmitted diseases and respiratory disease,
cal doctors treat a wide variety of illnesses and age immunizations, and other special services
groups, but others specialize in and handle only ♦ Medical center clinics: usually located in col-
certain age groups or conditions. Examples of spe- leges or universities; offer clinics for various
cialities include pediatrics (infants and children), health conditions; offer care and treatment
cardiology (diseases and disorders of the heart), and provide learning experiences for medical
and obstetrics (care of the pregnant female). students
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
30 CHAPTER 2
EMERGENCY CARE
SERVICES
Emergency care services provide special care for
victims of accidents or sudden illness. Facilities
providing these services include ambulance ser-
vices, both private and governmental; rescue
squads, frequently operated by fire departments;
emergency care clinics and centers; emergency
departments operated by hospitals; and helicop-
ter or airplane emergency services that rapidly
transport patients to medical facilities for special
care.
LABORATORIES
Laboratories are often a part of other facilities FIGURE 2-2 Many types of health care can be
but can operate as separate health care services. provided in a patient’s home.
Medical laboratories can perform special diag-
nostic tests such as blood or urine tests. Dental palliative care, or care that provides support and
laboratories can prepare dentures (false teeth) comfort, that is directed toward allowing the per-
and many other devices used to repair or replace son to die with dignity. Psychological, social, spir-
teeth. Medical and dental offices, small hospitals, itual, and financial counseling are provided for
clinics, and many other health care facilities fre- both the patient and the family. Hospice also pro-
quently use the services provided by laboratories. vides support to the family following a patient’s
death.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Health Care Systems 31
counselors work with couples or individuals who for employees of the industry or business by per-
are pregnant or considering a pregnancy. They forming basic examinations, teaching accident
perform prenatal (before birth) screening tests, prevention and safety, and providing emergency
check for genetic abnormalities and birth defects, care.
explain the results of the tests, identify medical
options when a birth defect is present, and help
the individuals cope with the psychological issues
caused by a genetic disorder. Examples of genetic
SCHOOL HEALTH
disorders include Down’s syndrome and cystic SERVICES
fibrosis. Counselors frequently consult with cou-
ples prior to a pregnancy if the woman is in her School health services are found in schools
late childbearing years, has a family history of and colleges. These services provide emergency
genetic disease, or is of a specific race or nation- care for victims of accidents and sudden illness;
ality with a high risk for genetic disease. perform tests to check for health conditions such
as speech, vision, and hearing problems; pro-
mote health education; and maintain a safe and
REHABILITATION sanitary school environment. Many school health
services also provide counseling.
FACILITIES
Rehabilitation facilities are located in hospi-
tals, clinics, and/or private centers. They provide
2:2 INFORMATION
care to help patients with physical or mental dis- Government Agencies
abilities obtain maximum self-care and function.
Services may include physical, occupational, rec- In addition to the government health care facilities
reational, speech, and hearing therapy. mentioned previously, other health services are
offered at international, national, state, and local
levels. Government services are tax supported.
HEALTH MAINTENANCE Examples of government agencies include:
♦ World Health Organization (WHO): an
ORGANIZATIONS international agency sponsored by the United
Health maintenance organizations (HMOs) Nations; compiles statistics and information
are both health care delivery systems and types of on disease, publishes health information, and
health insurance. They provide total health care investigates and addresses serious health
directed toward preventive health care for a fee problems throughout the world
that is usually fixed and prepaid. Services include ♦ U.S. Department of Health and Human
examinations, basic medical services, health Services (USDHHS): a national agency that
education, and hospitalization or rehabilitation deals with the health problems in the United
services as needed. Some HMOs are operated by States
large industries or corporations; others are oper- ♦ National Institutes of Health (NIH): a divi-
ated by private agencies. They often use the ser- sion of the USDHHS; involved in research on
vices of other health care facilities including disease
medical and dental offices, hospitals, rehabilita-
tive centers, home health care agencies, clinics, ♦ Centers for Disease Control and Preven-
and laboratories. tion (CDC): another division of the USDHHS;
concerned with causes, spread, and control of
diseases in populations
INDUSTRIAL HEALTH ♦ Food and Drug Administration (FDA): a
federal agency responsible for regulating food
CARE CENTERS and drug products sold to the public
Industrial health care centers or occupa- ♦ Agency for Health Care Policy and
tional health clinics are found in large companies Research (AHCPR): a federal agency estab-
or industries. Such centers provide health care lished in 1990 to research the quality of health
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
32 CHAPTER 2
care delivery and identify the standards of Nonprofit agencies employ many health care
treatment that should be provided by health workers in addition to using volunteer workers to
care facilities provide services.
♦ Occupational Safety and Health Admin-
istration (OSHA): establishes and enforces
standards that protect workers from job-
2:4 INFORMATION
related injuries and illnesses Health Insurance Plans
♦ Health departments: provide health ser- The cost of health care is a major concern of
vices as directed by the U.S. Department of everyone who needs health services. Statistics
Health and Human Services (USDHHS); also show that the cost of health care is more than 15
provide specific services needed by the state percent of the gross national product (the total
or local community; examples of services amount of money spent on all goods and ser-
include immunization for disease control, vices). Also, health care costs are increasing much
inspections for environmental health and faster than other costs of living. To pay for the
sanitation, communicable disease control, costs of health care, most people rely on health
collection of statistics and records related to insurance plans. Without insurance, the cost
health, health education, clinics for health of an illness can mean financial disaster for an
care and prevention, and other services individual or family.
needed in a community Health insurance plans are offered by several
thousand insurance agencies. A common exam-
ple is Blue Cross/Blue Shield (figure 2-3). In this
2:3 INFORMATION type of plan, a premium, or a fee the individual
pays for insurance coverage, is made to the insur-
Voluntary or Nonprofit Agencies ance company. When the insured individual
Voluntary agencies, frequently called non- incurs health care expenses covered by the insur-
profit agencies, are supported by donations, ance plan, the insurance company pays for the
membership fees, fund-raisers, and federal or services. The amount of payment and the type of
state grants. They provide health services at services covered vary from plan to plan. Com-
national, state, and local levels. mon insurance terms include:
Examples of nonprofit agencies include the ♦ Deductibles: amounts that must be paid by the
American Cancer Society, American Heart Asso- patient for medical services before the policy
ciation, American Respiratory Disease Associa- begins to pay
tion, American Diabetes Association, National
Mental Health Association, Alzheimer’s Associa- ♦ Co-insurance: requires that specific percent-
tion, National Kidney Foundation, Leukemia and ages of expenses are shared by the patient and
Lymphoma Society, National Foundation of the insurance company; for example, in an 80–20
March of Dimes, and American Red Cross. Many percent co-insurance, the company pays 80
of these organizations have national offices as
well as branch offices in states and/or local com-
munities.
As indicated by their names, many such orga-
nizations focus on one specific disease or group
of diseases. Each organization typically studies
the disease, provides funding to encourage
research directed at curing or treating the dis-
ease, and promotes public education regarding
information obtained through research. These
organizations also provide special services to vic-
tims of disease, such as purchasing medical
equipment and supplies, providing treatment FIGURE 2-3 Health insurance plans help pay for
centers, and supplying information regarding the costs of health care. (Courtesy of Empire Blue
other community agencies that offer assistance. Cross/Blue Shield)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Health Care Systems 33
percent of covered expenses, and the patient Medicare is a federal government program
pays the remaining 20 percent that provides health care for almost all individu-
♦ Co-payment: a specific amount of money a als over the age of 65, for any person with a dis-
patient pays for a particular service, for exam- ability who has received Social Security benefits
ple, $10 for each physician visit regardless of for at least 2 years, and for any person with end-
the total cost of the visit stage renal (kidney) disease. Medicare consists of
three kinds of coverage: type A for hospital insur-
ance, type B for medical insurance, and type D
Many individuals have insurance coverage for pharmaceutical (medication) expenses. Type
through their places of employment (called A covers hospital services, care provided by an
employer-sponsored health insurance or group extended care facility or home-health care agency
insurance), where the premiums are paid by the after hospitalization, and hospice care for people
employer. In most cases, the individual also pays with a terminal illness. Type B offers additional
a percentage of the premium. Private policies are coverage for doctors’ services, outpatient treat-
also available for purchase by individuals. ments, therapy, clinical laboratory services, and
A health maintenance organization (HMO) is other health care. The individual does pay a pre-
another type of health insurance plan that pro- mium for type B coverage and also must pay an
vides a managed care plan for the delivery of initial deductible for services. In addition, Medi-
health care services. A monthly fee or premium is care pays for only 80 percent of the services; the
paid for membership, and the fee stays the same individual must either pay the balance or have
regardless of the amount of health care used. The another insurance policy to cover the expenses.
premium can be paid by an employer and/or an Medigap policies are health insurance plans
individual. Total care provided is directed toward that help pay expenses not covered by Medicare.
preventive type health care. An individual insured These policies are offered by private insurance
under this type of plan has ready access to health companies and require the payment of a pre-
examinations and early treatment and detection mium by the enrollee. Medigap policies must
of disease. Because most other types of insurance meet specific federal guidelines. They provide
plans do not cover routine examinations and pre- options that allow enrollees to choose how much
ventive care, the individual insured by an HMO coverage they want to purchase.
can therefore theoretically maintain a better state Medicaid is a medical assistance program
of health. The disadvantage of an HMO is that the that is jointly funded by the federal government
insured is required to use only HMO-affiliated and state governments but operated by individ-
health care providers (doctors, laboratories, hos- ual states. Benefits and individuals covered under
pitals) for health care. If a nonaffiliated health this program vary slightly from state to state
care provider is used instead, the insured usually because each state has the right to establish its
must pay for the care. own eligibility standards, determine the type and
A preferred provider organization scope of services, set the rate of payment for ser-
(PPO) is another type of managed care health vices, and administer its own program. In most
insurance plan usually provided by large indus- states, Medicaid pays for the health care of indi-
tries or companies to their employees. The PPO viduals with low incomes, children who qualify
forms a contract with certain health care agen- for public assistance, and individuals who are
cies, such as a large hospital and/or specific doc- physically disabled or blind. Generally, all state
tors and dentists, to provide certain types of Medicaid programs provide hospital services,
health care at reduced rates. Employees are physician’s care, long-term care services, and
restricted to using the specific hospital and/or some therapies. In some states, Medicaid offers
doctors, but the industry or company using the dental care, eye care, and other specialized ser-
PPO can provide health care at lower rates. PPOs vices.
usually require a deductible and a co-payment. If The State Children’s Health Insurance Pro-
an enrollee uses a nonaffiliated provider, the PPO gram (SCHIP) was established in 1997 to provide
may require co-payments of 40–60 percent. health care to uninsured children of working
The government also provides health insur- families who earn too little to afford private insur-
ance plans for certain groups of people. Two of ance but too much to be eligible for Medicaid. It
the main plans are Medicare and Medicaid. provides inpatient and outpatient hospital ser-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
34 CHAPTER 2
vices, physician’s surgical and medical care, labo- ance increases, many employers are less willing
ratory and X-ray tests, and well-baby and to offer health care insurance. Individuals with
well-child care, including immunizations. chronic illnesses often find they cannot obtain
Workers’ Compensation is a health insur- insurance coverage if their place of employment
ance plan providing treatment for workers injured changes. This is one reason the federal govern-
on the job. It is administered by the state, and ment passed the Health Insurance Portabil-
payments are made by employers and the state. ity and Accountability Act (HIPAA) in 1996.
In addition to providing payment for needed This act has five main components:
health care, this plan also reimburses the worker
♦ Health Care Access, Portability, and Renew-
for wages lost because of on-the-job injury.
ability: limits exclusions on preexisting condi-
TRICARE, formerly called CHAMPUS (the
tions to allow for the continuance of insurance
Civilian Health and Medical Programs for the
even with job changes, prohibits discrimina-
Uniform Services) is a U.S. government health
tion against an enrollee or beneficiary based
insurance plan for all military personnel. It pro-
on health status, guarantees renewability in
vides care for all active duty members and their
multiemployer plans, and provides special
families, survivors of military personnel, and
enrollment rights for individuals who lose
retired members of the Armed Forces. The Veter-
insurance coverage in certain situations such
ans Administration provides for military veter-
as divorce or termination of employment
ans.
Managed care is an approach that has ♦ Preventing Health Care Fraud and Abuse;
developed in response to rising health care costs. Administrative Simplification, and Medical
Employers, as well as insurance companies who Liability Reform: establishes methods for pre-
pay large medical bills, want to ensure that such venting fraud and abuse and imposes sanc-
money is spent efficiently rather than wastefully. tions or penalties if fraud or abuse does occur,
The principle behind managed care is that all reduces the costs and administration of health
health care provided to a patient must have a care by adopting a single set of electronic
purpose. A second opinion or verification of need standards to replace the wide variety of for-
is frequently required before care can be pro- mats used in health care, provides strict guide-
vided. Every effort is made to provide preventive lines for maintaining the confidentiality of
care and early diagnosis of disease to avoid the health care information and the security of
high cost of treating disease. For example, rou- health care records, and recommends limits
tine physical examinations, well-baby care, for medical liability
immunizations, and wellness education to pro- ♦ Tax-Related Health Provisions: promotes the
mote good nutrition, exercise, weight control, use of medical savings accounts (MSAs) by
and healthy living practices are usually provided allowing tax deductions for monies placed in
under managed care. Employers and insurance the accounts, establishes standards for long-
companies create a network of doctors, special- term care insurance, allows for the creation of
ists, therapists, and health care facilities that pro- state insurance pools, and provides tax bene-
vide care at the most reasonable cost. HMOs and fits for some health care expenses
PPOs are the main providers of managed care, ♦ Application and Enforcement of Group Health
but many private insurance companies are estab- Plan Requirements: establishes standards that
lishing health care networks to provide care to require group health care plans to offer porta-
their subscribers. As these health care networks bility, access, and renewability to all members
compete for the consumer dollar, they are of the group
required to provide quality care at the lowest pos-
sible cost. The health care consumer who is
♦ Revenue Offsets: provides changes to the Inter-
nal Revenue Code for HIPAA expenses
enrolled in a managed care plan receives quality
care at the most reasonable cost but is restricted Compliance with all HIPAA regulations was
in choice of health care providers. required by April 2004 for all health care agencies.
Health insurance plans do not solve all the These regulations have not solved all of the prob-
problems of health care costs, but they do help lems of health care insurance, but they have pro-
many people by paying for all or part of the cost vided consumers with more access to insurance
of health services. However, as the cost of insur- and greater confidentiality in regard to medical
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Health Care Systems 35
records. In addition, standardization of electronic A sample organizational chart for a large gen-
health care records, reductions in administrative eral hospital is shown in figure 2-4. This chart
costs, increased tax benefits, and decreasing shows organization by department. Each depart-
fraud and abuse in health care have reduced ment, in turn, can have an organizational chart
health care costs for everyone. similar to the one shown for the nursing depart-
ment in figure 2-4. A sample organizational chart
for a small medical office is shown in figure 2-5.
2:5 INFORMATION The organizational structure will vary with the size
of the office and the number of people employed.
Organizational Structure In both organizational charts illustrated, the
All health care facilities must have some type of lines of authority are clearly indicated. It is impor-
organizational structure. The structure may tant for health care workers to identify and under-
be complex, as in larger facilities, or simple, as in stand their respective positions in a given facility’s
smaller facilities. Organizational structure always, organizational structure. By doing this, they will
however, encompasses a line of authority or chain know their lines of authority and understand who
of command. The organizational structure should are the immediate supervisors in charge of their
indicate areas of responsibility and lead to the work. Health care workers must always take ques-
most efficient operation of the facility. tions, reports, and problems to their immediate
Hospital Board
Medical Staff
Hospital Director
(President)
(Administrator)
Director
(Vice President)
of Nurses
Nursing Supervisors
R.N.’s
Head or Charge
Nurses
(Unit Managers)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
36 CHAPTER 2
Doctor
Office
Manager
Administrative
Assistant R.N.’s Maintenance Business Dept.
Laboratory
(Receptionist) Housekeeping Insurance
L.P.N.’s Medical
L.V.N.’s Assistants
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Health Care Systems 37
supervisors, who are responsible for providing tutes of Health, Centers for Disease Control
necessary assistance. If immediate supervisors and Prevention, Food and Drug Administra-
cannot answer the question or solve the problem, tion, and Occupational Safety and Health
it is their responsibility to take the situation to the Administration.
next level in the organizational chart. It is also 3. Voluntary or nonprofit agencies: search for
important for health care workers to understand information on the purposes and activities of
the functions and goals of the organization. organizations such as the American Cancer
Society, American Heart Association, American
STUDENT: Go to the workbook and complete Respiratory Disease Association, American
the assignment sheet for Chapter 2, Health Care Diabetes Association, National Mental Health
Systems. Association, National Foundation of the March
of Dimes, and the American Red Cross.
4. Health insurance: search the Internet to find
CHAPTER 2 SUMMARY specific names of companies that are health
maintenance organizations or preferred
provider organizations. Check to see how their
Health care, one of the largest and fastest grow-
coverage for individuals is the same or how it is
ing industries in the United States, encompasses
different.
many different types of facilities that provide
health-related services. These include hospitals, 5. Government health care insurance: search the
long-term care facilities, medical and dental of- Internet to learn about benefits provided
fices, clinics, laboratories, industrial and school under Medicare, Medicaid, and the State
health services, and many others. Government Children’s Health Insurance Program.
and nonprofit or voluntary agencies also pro-
vide health care services. All health care facili-
ties require different health care workers at all REVIEW QUESTIONS
levels of training.
Many types of health insurance plans are 1. Differentiate between a private or proprietary,
available to help pay the costs of health care. religious, nonprofit or voluntary, and govern-
Insurance does not usually cover the entire cost ment type of hospital.
of care, however. It is important for consumers 2. Identify at least six (6) different types of private
to be aware of the types of coverage provided by health care facilities by stating the functions of
their respective insurance plans. the facility. Provide specific examples of the
Organizational structure is important in all care received at each facility.
health care facilities. The structure can be com-
plex or simple, but it should show a line of au- 3. Name each of the following federal agencies
thority or chain of command within the facility and briefly describe its function:
and indicate areas of responsibility. a. CDC
b. FDA
c. NIH
INTERNET SEARCHES d. OSHA
e. USDHHS
Use the suggested search engines in Chapter 12:4 f. WHO
of this textbook to search the Internet for addi- 4. What does the term deductible mean on health
tional information on the following topics: insurance policies? co-insurance? co-payment?
1. Private health care facilities: search for infor- premium?
mation on each of the specific types of facili- 5. An insurance policy has a co-payment of 70–30
ties; for example, hospitals, hospice care, or percent. If an emergency department bill is
emergency care services. $660.00, what amount will the patient have to
2. Government agencies: search for more detailed pay?
information about the activities of the World 6. Why is it important for every health care
Health Organization, U.S. Department of worker to know the organizational structure for
Health and Human Services, National Insti- his/her place of employment?
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
CHAPTER 3 Careers in Health
Care
Chapter Objectives
After completing this chapter,
you should be able to:
Observe Standard
Precautions
◆ Compare the educational requirements for
associate’s, bachelor’s, and master’s degrees
◆ Contrast certification, registration, and
Instructor’s Check—Call
Instructor at This Point
licensure
◆ Describe at least 10 different health careers by
including a definition of the career, three
Safety—Proceed with
Caution
duties, educational requirements, and
employment opportunities
◆ Investigate at least one health career by writing
OBRA Requirement—Based
on Federal Law
to listed sources or using the Internet to
request additional information on the career
◆ Interpret at least 10 abbreviations used to
Math Skill
identify health care career workers
◆ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms (see
Legal Responsibility
page 3 for explanation of accent mark use)
Science Skill
Career Information
Communications Skill
Technology
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 39
KEY TERMS
admitting officers/clerks electrocardiograph (ECG) medical illustrators
art, music, dance therapists technicians medical interpreters/
associate’s degree (ee-lek"-trow-car!-dee-oh- translators
athletic trainers (ATs) graf tek-nish!-ins) medical (clinical) laboratory
audiologists electroencephalographic assistants
(EEG) technologist medical (clinical) laboratory
bachelor’s degree
(ee-lek"-troh-en-sef-ahl-oh- technicians (MLTs)
biological or medical graf!-ik tek-nahl!-oh-jist)
scientists medical (clinical) laboratory
electroneurodiagnostic technologists (MTs)
biological technician technologist (END)
biomedical (clinical) medical librarians
(ee-lek"-troh-new-roh-die-
engineer medical transcriptionists
ag-nah!-stik)
biotechnological engineer medication aides/assistants
embalmers (em-bahl!-mers)
(bioengineer) mortuary assistants
emergency medical
biomedical equipment technician (EMT) multicompetent/
technicians (BETs) multiskilled worker
endodontics
cardiovascular technologist (en!-doe-don!-tiks) nurse assistants
central/sterile supply entrepreneur occupational therapists
workers (on"trah-peh-nor!) (OTs)
certification epidemiologists occupational therapy
continuing education units assistants (OTAs)
first responder
(CEUs) ophthalmic assistants (OAs)
forensic science technician
dental assistants (DAs) ophthalmic laboratory
funeral directors
dental hygienists technicians
genetic counselors
(den!-tall hi-geen!-ists) ophthalmic medical
geriatric aides/assistants technologists (OMTs)
dental laboratory (jerry-at!-rik)
technicians (DLTs) ophthalmic technicians
health care administrators (OTs)
dentists (DMDs or DDSs)
health information (medical ophthalmologists
dialysis technicians (die- records) administrators
ahl!-ih-sis tek-nish!ins) opticians (ahp-tish!-ins)
(RAs)
dietetic assistants optometrists (ODs)
health information (medical
dietetic technicians (DTs) (ah!-tom!-eh-trists)
records) technicians
dietitians (RDs) oral surgery
health science technology
Doctor of Chiropractic (DC) education (HSTE) orthodontics
(Ky-row-prak!-tik) (or"-thow-don!-tiks)
home health care assistants
Doctor of Medicine (MD) paramedic (EMT-P)
housekeeping workers/
Doctor of Osteopathic sanitary managers patient care technicians
Medicine (DO) (PCTs)
licensed practical/vocational
(Oss-tee-ohp!-ath-ik) nurses (LPNs/LVNs) pedodontics
Doctor of Podiatric Medicine (peh"-doe-don!-tiks)
licensure (ly!-sehn-shur)
(DPM) (Poh"-dee!-ah-trik) perfusionists
massage therapists
doctorate/doctoral/doctor’s (purr-few!-shun-ists)
master’s degree
degree
medical assistants (MAs)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
40 CHAPTER 3
KEY TERMS
periodontics psychiatric/mental health respiratory therapy
(peh"-ree-oh-don!-tiks) technicians technicians (RTTs)
pharmacists (PharmDs) psychiatrists social workers (SWs)
(far!-mah-sists) psychologists speech–language
pharmacy technicians (sy-koll"-oh-jists) pathologists
phlebotomists radiologic technologists surgical technologists/
physical therapists (PTs) (RTs) (ray"-dee-oh-loge!-ik technicians (STs)
physical therapist assistants tek-nahl!-oh-jists) unit secretaries/ward clerks/
(PTAs) recreational therapists (TRs) unit coordinators
physicians recreational therapy veterinarians (DVMs or
physician assistants (PAs) assistants VMDs)
process technician registered nurses (RNs) (vet"-eh-ran-air!-e-ans)
prosthodontics registration veterinary assistants
(pross"-thow-don!-tiks) respiratory therapists (RTs) veterinary technologists/
technicians (VTs)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 41
WORK PLACE
PATHWAY STANDARDS
Diagnostic Health tional nurse.
Therapeutic Informatics
Support
Biotechnology
Research and
Services ACCREDITATION
Development
For most health careers, graduation from an
PLACES OF LEARNING
PLACES OF LEARNING
accredited program is required before certifica-
CAREER ORIENTATION/PREPARATION tion, registration, and/or licensure will be granted.
WORK PLACE
HIGH SCHOOL
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
42 CHAPTER 3
Professional Four or more years of college with bachelor’s, master’s, Medical doctor
or doctoral degree Dentist
Technologist Three to four years of college plus work experience, Medical (clinical) laboratory technologist
or Therapist usually bachelor’s degree and, at times, master’s Physical therapist
degree Speech therapist
Respiratory therapist
Technician Two-year associate’s degree, special health science Dental laboratory technician
technology education, or three to four years of on- Medical (clinical) laboratory technician
the-job training Surgical technician
Aide or Assistant Specific number of hours of specialized education or Dental assistant
one or more years of training combining classroom Medical assistant
and/or on-the-job training Nurse assistant
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 43
extremely satisfying choice for the individual who ♦ Health Informatics Services Cluster Standards:
is well motivated, self-confident, responsible, cre- specify the knowledge and skills required of
ative, and independent. workers in health care careers that are involved
with the documentation of patient care;
includes communicating information accu-
NATIONAL HEALTH rately within legal boundaries, analyzing
CARE SKILL STANDARDS information, abstracting and coding medical
records and documents, designing and/or
The National Health Care Skill Standards (NHCSS) implementing effective information systems,
were developed to indicate the knowledge and documenting information, and understand-
skills that are expected of health care workers pri- ing operations to enter, retrieve, and maintain
marily at entry and technical levels. The seven information
groups of standards include the following: ♦ Support (Environmental) Services Cluster
♦ Health Care Core Standards: specify the knowl- Standards: specify the knowledge and skills
edge and skills that most health care workers required of workers in health care careers that
should have; discuss an academic foundation, are involved with creating a therapeutic envi-
communication skills, employability skills, ronment to provide direct or indirect patient
legal responsibilities, ethics, safety practices, care; include developing and implementing
teamwork, information technology applica- the administration, quality control, and com-
tions, technical skills, health maintenance pliance regulations of a health care facility;
practices, and knowledge about the systems maintaining a clean and safe environment
in the health care environment through aseptic techniques; managing re-
sources; and maintaining an aesthetically
♦ Therapeutic/Diagnostic Core Standards: spec- appealing environment
ify the knowledge and skills required to focus
on direct patient care in both the therapeutic ♦ Biotechnology Research and Development
and diagnostic health care careers; include Standards: specify the knowledge and skills
health maintenance practices, patient inter- required of workers in health care careers that
action, intrateam communication, monitor- are involved in bioscience research and devel-
ing patient status, and patient movement opment; include comprehending how bio-
technology contributes to health and the
♦ Therapeutic Cluster Standards (Therapeutic quality of life, developing a strong foundation
Services): specify the knowledge and skills in math and science principles, performing
required of workers in health care careers that biotechnology techniques, understanding and
are involved in changing the health status of following laboratory protocols and principles,
the patient over time; include interacting with working with product design and develop-
patients, communicating with team members, ment, and complying with bioethical policies
collecting information, planning treatment,
implementing procedures, monitoring patient Examples of some of the health careers
status, and evaluating patient response to included in the NHCSS Clusters are shown in
treatment table 3-2. The careers listed are discussed in detail
in this chapter.
♦ Diagnostic Cluster Standards (Diagnostic Ser-
vices): specify the knowledge and skills
required of workers in health care careers that
are involved in creating a picture of the health INTRODUCTION TO
status of the patient at a single point in time;
include communicating oral and written
HEALTH CAREERS
information, assessing patient’s health status, In the following discussion of health careers, a
moving and positioning patients safely and basic description of the job duties for each career
efficiently, explaining procedures and goals, is provided. The various levels in each health care
preparing for procedures, performing diag- career are also given. In addition, tables for each
nostic procedures, evaluating test results, and career group show educational requirements, job
reporting required information outlook, and average yearly earnings.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
44
CHAPTER 3
Pathways
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Medical assistant
Mortician laboratory scientist Research assistant
Occupational therapist/assistant Nuclear medicine technologist Reimbursement specialist Research associate
Ophthalmic medical personnel Nutritionist (HFMA) Research scientist
Optometrist Pathologist Risk management Toxicologist
Orthotist/prosthetist Pathology assistant Social worker
Paramedic Phlebotomist Transcriptionist
Pharmacist/pharmacy technician Positron emission tomography Unit coordinator
Physical therapist/assistant (PET) technologist Utilization manager
Physician (MD/DO) Radiologic technologist/
Physician’s assistant radiographer
Psychologist
Recreation therapist
Registered nurse
Respiratory therapist
Social worker
Speech language pathologist
Surgical technician
Veterinarian/veterinary technician
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care
45
46 CHAPTER 3
To simplify the information presented in There are many health care careers in the ther-
these tables, the highest level of education for apeutic services cluster. Some of these careers are
each career group is listed. The designations used discussed in the following information sections.
are as follows:
♦ On-the-job: training while working at a job 3:2A INFORMATION
♦ HSTE program: health science technology
education program Dental Careers
♦ Associate’s degree: two-year associate’s degree Dental workers focus on the health of the teeth
♦ Bachelor’s degree: four-year bachelor’s degree and the soft tissues of the mouth. Care is directed
toward preventing dental disease, repairing or
♦ Master’s degree: one or more years beyond a
replacing diseased or damaged teeth, and treat-
bachelor’s degree to obtain a master’s degree
ing the gingiva (gums) and other supporting
♦ Doctoral (Doctor’s) degree: doctorate with four structures of the teeth.
or more years beyond a bachelor’s degree Places of employment include private dental
It is important to note that although many offices, laboratories, and clinics; or dental depart-
health careers begin with HSTE programs, obtain- ments in hospitals, schools, health departments,
ing additional education after graduation from or government agencies.
HSTE programs allows health care workers to pro- Most dental professionals work in general
gress in career level to higher-paying positions. dentistry practices where all types of dental con-
The job outlook or expected job growth ditions are treated in people of all ages. Some,
through the year 2012 is stated in the tables as however, work in specialty areas such as the fol-
“below average,” “average,” or “above average.” lowing:
Average yearly earning is presented as a range
of income, because earnings will vary according
♦ Endodontics: treatment of diseases of the
pulp, nerves, blood vessels, and roots of the
to geographical location, specialty area, level of
teeth; often called root canal treatment
education, and work experience.
All career information presented includes a ♦ Orthodontics: alignment or straightening of
basic introduction. Because requirements the teeth
for various health care careers can vary from state ♦ Oral Surgery: surgery on the teeth, mouth,
to state, it is important for students to obtain jaw and facial bones; often called maxillofa-
information pertinent to their respective states. cial surgery
More detailed information on any given career
♦ Pedodontics: dental treatment of children
discussed can be obtained from the sources listed
and adolescents
for that occupation’s career cluster.
♦ Periodontics: treatment and prevention of
diseases of the gums, bone, and structures
3:2 INFORMATION supporting the teeth
Therapeutic Services Careers ♦ Prosthodontics: replacement of natural
teeth with artificial teeth or dentures
Therapeutic careers in health care are directed
toward changing the health status of the patient Levels of workers in dentistry include dentist,
over time. dental hygienist, dental laboratory technician,
Workers in the therapeutic services use a vari- and dental assistant (see table 3-3).
ety of treatments to help patients who are injured, Dentists (DMD or DDS) are doctors who
physically or mentally disabled, or emotionally examine teeth and mouth tissues to diagnose and
disturbed. All treatment is directed toward allow- treat disease and abnormalities; perform correc-
ing patients to function at maximum capacity. tive surgery on the teeth, gums, tissues, and sup-
Places of employment include rehabilitation porting bones; and work to prevent dental
facilities, hospitals, clinics, mental health facili- disease. They also supervise the work of other
ties, daycare facilities, long-term care facilities, dental workers. Most are entrepreneurs.
home health care agencies, schools, and govern- Dental hygienists (DHs) work under the
ment agencies. supervision of dentists. They perform prelimi-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 47
Dentist (DMD or DDS) • Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD) or Below average growth $84,000–$200,000
Doctor of Dental Surgery (DDS)
• 2 or more years additional education
for specialization
• Licensure in state of practice
Dental Hygienist • Associate’s, bachelor’s, or master’s Above average growth $39,300–$83,200
(DH) degree
Licensed Dental • Licensure in state of practice
Hygienist (LDH)
Dental Laboratory • 3–4 years on-the-job or 1–2 years Average growth $23,200–$53,600
Technician (DLT) HSTE program or associate’s or
bachelor’s degree
Certified Dental • Certification can be obtained from
Laboratory National Board for Certification in
Technician (CDLT) Dental Technology
Dental Assistant • 1–3 years on-the-job or 1–2 years in
(DA) and Certified HSTE program or associate’s degree
Dental Assistant • Licensure or registration required in Above average growth $19,900–$38,700
(CDA) most states
• Certification can be obtained from
Dental Assisting National Board
nary examinations of the teeth and mouth, re- and develop radiographs, teach preventive den-
move stains and deposits from teeth, expose and tal care, sterilize instruments, and/or perform
develop radiographs, apply cavity-preventing dental receptionist duties such as scheduling
agents such as fluorides or pit and fissure appointments and handling accounts. Their
sealants to the teeth, and perform other preven- duties may be limited by the dental practice laws
tive or therapeutic (treatment) services to help of the state in which they work.
the patient develop and maintain good dental
health. In some states, dental hygienists are
authorized to place and carve restorative materi- ADDITIONAL SOURCES
als, polish restorations, remove sutures, and/or
administer anesthesia. Dental hygienists can be
OF INFORMATION
entrepreneurs. ♦ American Dental Education Association
Dental laboratory technicians (DLTs) 1400 K Street, NW
make and repair a variety of dental prostheses Washington, DC 20005
(artificial devices) such as dentures, crowns, Internet address: www.adea.org
bridges, and orthodontic appliances according to
the specifications of dentists. Specialities include ♦ American Dental Assistants Association
dental ceramist and orthodontic technician. 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1730
Some dental laboratory technicians are entrepre- Chicago, IL 60601-2211
neurs. Internet address: www.dentalassistant.org
Dental assistants (DAs), working under the ♦ American Dental Association
supervision of dentists, prepare patients for 211 E. Chicago Avenue
examinations, pass instruments, prepare dental Chicago, IL 60611-2678
materials for impressions and restorations, take Internet address: www.ada.org
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
48 CHAPTER 3
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 49
Emergency Medical • EMT-Intermediate plus additional 6–9 months Above average $28,400–$52,600
Technician Paramedic to 2 years (over 1,000 hours) approved growth
(EMT-P)(EMT-4) paramedic training or associate’s degree
• 6 months experience as paramedic
• State certification
• Registration by the National Registry of EMTs
(NREMT) required in most states
• Other states identify as EMT-4 and administer
their own certification examination
Emergency Medical • EMT-Basic plus additional approved training Above average $21,200–$44,300
Technician of at least 35–55 hours with clinical growth
Intermediate (EMT-I) experience
(EMT-2 and EMT-3) • State certification
• Registration by the NREMT required in some
states
• Other states identify as EMT-2 and EMT-3 and
administer their own certification examination
Emergency Medical • Usually minimum 110 hours approved EMT Above average $19,200–$35,700
Technician Basic program with 10 hours of internship in growth
(EMT-B)(EMT-1) emergency room
• State certification
• Registration by National Registry of EMTs
(NREMT) required in some states
• Other states identify as EMT-1 and administer
their own certification examination
First Responder • Minimum 40 hours of approved training Above average Salary depends on
program growth individual’s regular
• Certification can be obtained from the NREMT job
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
50 CHAPTER 3
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 51
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
52 CHAPTER 3
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 53
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
54 CHAPTER 3
Funeral Director
(Mortician) • 2–4 years in a mortuary science college or associate’s Average growth $28,600–$94,700
or bachelor’s degree
• Licensure required in all states except Colorado
Embalmer • 2–4 years in a mortuary science college or associate’s Average growth $22,600–$71,500
or bachelor’s degree
• Licensure required in all states except Colorado
Mortuary Assistant • 1–2 years on-the-job training or 1-year HSTE program Average growth $14,500–$26,800
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 55
Embalmers prepare the body for interment ♦ International Conference of Funeral Service
by washing the body with germicidal soap, replac- Examining Boards
ing the blood with embalming fluid to preserve 1885 Shelby Lane
the body, reshaping and restructuring disfigured Fayetteville, AR 72704
bodies, applying cosmetics to create a natural Internet address: www.cfseb.org
appearance, dressing the body, and placing it in a
casket. They are also responsible for maintaining
♦ National Funeral Directors Association
13625 Bishop’s Drive
embalming reports and itemized lists of clothing
Brookfield, WI 53005
or valuables.
Internet address: www.nfda.org
Mortuary assistants work under the super-
vision of the funeral director and/or embalmer.
They may assist with preparation of the body, 3:2F INFORMATION
drive the hearse to pick up the body after death or
to take it to the burial site, arrange flowers for the Nursing Careers
viewing, assist with preparations for the funeral Those in the nursing careers provide care for
service, help with filing and maintenance of patients as directed by physicians. Care focuses
records, clean the funeral home, and other simi- on the mental, emotional, and physical needs of
lar duties. the patient.
Hospitals are the major places of employ-
ment, but nursing workers are also employed in
ADDITIONAL SOURCES long-term care facilities, rehabilitation centers,
physicians’ offices, clinics, public health agencies,
OF INFORMATION home health care agencies, health maintenance
organizations (HMOs), schools, government
♦ American Board of Funeral Service Education agencies, and industry.
38 Florida Avenue Levels include registered nurse, licensed
Portland, ME 04103 practical/vocational nurse, and nurse assistant/
Internet address: www.abfse.org technician (see table 3-9).
Registered Nurse (RN) • 2–3-year diploma program in hospital school Above average $36,500–$84,600
of nursing, or associate’s degree or bachelor’s growth
degree
• Master’s or doctoral for some administrative/ $60,300–
educational positions and for some advanced $108,900 with
practice nursing positions advanced
• Licensure in state of practice specialities
Licensed Practical/ • 1–2-year state-approved HSTE practical/ Above average $25,800–$52,600
Vocational Nurse vocational nurse program growth
(LPN/LVN) • Licensure in state of practice
Nurse Assistant • HSTE program Above average $14,900–$29,200
Geriatric Aide • Certification or registration required in all growth especially
Home Health Care states for long-term care facilities— in geriatric or
Assistant obtained by completing 75–120-hour home care
Medication Aide state-approved program
Certified Nurse Technician
Patient Care Technician
(PCT)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
56 CHAPTER 3
Registered nurses (RNs) (figure 3-6), work ♦ Nurse educators: teach in HSTE programs,
under the direction of physicians and provide schools of nursing, colleges and universities,
total care to patients. The RN observes patients, wellness centers, and health care facilities
assesses patients’ needs, reports to other health
care personnel, administers prescribed medica- ♦ Nurse anesthetists: administer anesthesia,
tions and treatments, teaches health care, and monitor patients during surgery, and assist
supervises other nursing personnel. The type of anesthesiologists (who are physicians)
facility determines specific job duties. Registered ♦ Clinical nurse specialists (CNSs): use advanced
nurses with an advanced education can special- degree to specialize in specific nursing areas
ize. Examples of advanced practice nurses such as intensive care, trauma or emergency
include: care, psychiatry, pediatrics (infants and chil-
♦ Nurse practitioners (CRNPs): take health histo- dren), neonatology (premature infants), and
ries, perform basic physical examinations, gerontology (elderly individuals)
order laboratory tests and other procedures,
Licensed practical/vocational nurses
refer patients to physicians, help establish
(LPNs/LVNs), working under the supervision of
treatment plans, treat common illnesses such
physicians or RNs, provide patient care requiring
as colds or sore throats, and teach and pro-
technical knowledge but not the level of educa-
mote optimal health
tion required of RNs. The type of care is deter-
♦ Nurse midwives (CNMs): provide total care for mined by the work environment, which can
normal pregnancies, examine the pregnant include the home, hospital, long-term care facil-
woman at regular intervals, perform routine ity, adult daycare center, physician’s office, clinic,
tests, teach childbirth and childcare classes, wellness center, and health maintenance organi-
monitor the infant and mother during child- zation. Care provided by LPN/LVNs is also deter-
birth, deliver the infant, and refer any prob- mined by state laws regulating the extent of
lems to a physician duties.
Nurse assistants (also called nurse aides,
nurse technicians, patient care technicians
(PCTs), or orderlies) work under the supervision
of RNs or LPNs/LVNs. They provide patient care
such as baths, bedmaking, and feeding; assist in
transfer and ambulation; and administer basic
treatments. Geriatric aides/assistants acquire
additional education to provide care for the
elderly in work environments such as extended
care facilities, nursing homes, retirement centers,
adult daycare agencies, and other similar agen-
cies. Home health care assistants are trained
to work in the patient’s home and may perform
additional duties such as meal preparation or
cleaning. Medication aides/assistants receive
special training such as a 40-hour or more state-
approved medication aide course to administer
medications to patients or residents in long-term
care facilities or patients receiving home health
care. Most states that have the medication aide
program require that the aide be on the state-
approved list for nurse or geriatric assistants
before taking the medication aide course. In addi-
tion, many states require a competency test.
Each nursing assistant working in a long-
FIGURE 3-6 Registered nurses (RNs) administer term care facility or home health care is now
prescribed medications to patients. required under federal law to complete a manda-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 57
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
58 CHAPTER 3
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 59
ADDITIONAL SOURCES
OF INFORMATION
♦ American Association for Laboratory
Animal Science
9190 Crestwyn Hills Drive
Memphis, TN 38125
Internet address: www.aalas.org
♦ American Veterinary Medical Association
1931 N. Meacham Road, Suite 100
Schaumburg, IL 60173-4360
Internet address: www.avma.org
♦ Animal Caretakers Information
The Humane Society of the United States FIGURE 3-8 Veterinarians work to prevent,
2100 L Street NW diagnose, and treat diseases and injuries in ani-
Washington, DC 20037 mals. (Courtesy Warren, Small Animal Care and
Internet address: www.hsus.org Management, 1995, Delmar Learning)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
60 CHAPTER 3
♦ North America Veterinary Technician Associa- stores, hospitals, schools, health maintenance
tion (NAVTA) organizations (HMOs), government agencies,
P. O. Box 224 and clinics.
Battle Ground, IN 47920 Levels include ophthalmologist, optometrist,
Internet address: www.navta.net ophthalmic medical technologist, ophthalmic
technician, opthalmic assistant, optician, and
♦ For information about specific tasks of a vet- ophthalmic laboratory technician (see table 3-12).
erinary assistant, ask your instructor for the
Many individuals in this field are entrepreneurs.
Guideline for Clinical Rotations in the Diversi-
Ophthalmologists are medical doctors
fied Health Occupations Teacher’s Resource
specializing in diseases, disorders, and injuries of
Kit.
the eyes. They diagnose and treat disease, per-
form surgery, and correct vision problems or
3:2I INFORMATION defects.
Optometrists (ODs), doctors of optometry,
Vision Services Careers examine eyes for vision problems and defects,
Workers in the vision services provide care to pre- prescribe corrective lenses or eye exercises, and
vent and treat vision disorders. Places of employ- in some states, use drugs for diagnosis and/or
ment include offices, optical shops, department treatment. If eye disease is present or if eye sur-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 61
gery is needed, the optometrist refers the patient Opticians make and fit the eyeglasses or
to an ophthalmologist. lenses prescribed by ophthalmologists and
Ophthalmic medical technologists optometrists. Some specialize in contact lenses.
(OMTs), working under the supervision of opthal- Ophthalmic laboratory technicians cut,
mologists, obtain patient histories, perform rou- grind, finish, polish, and mount the lenses used
tine eye tests and measurements, fit patients for in eyeglasses, contact lenses, and other optical
contacts, administer prescribed treatments, instruments such as telescopes and binoculars.
assist with eye surgery, perform advanced diag-
nostic tests such as ocular motility and biocular
function tests, administer prescribed medica- ADDITIONAL SOURCES
tions, and perform advanced microbiological
procedures. In addition, they may perform any OF INFORMATION
tasks that ophthalmic technicians or assistants
perform. ♦ American Optometric Association
Ophthalmic technicians (OTs) (figure 3-9) 243 N. Lindbergh Boulevard
work under the supervision of ophthalmologists St. Louis, MO 63141
and optometrists. Technicians prepare patients Internet address: www.aoanet.org
for examinations, obtain medical histories, take ♦ Association of Schools and Colleges of
ocular measurements, administer basic vision Optometry
tests, maintain ophthalmic and surgical instru- 6110 Executive Boulevard, Suite 510
ments, adjust glasses, teach eye exercises, measure Rockville, MD 20852
for contacts, instruct patients on the care and use Internet address: www.opted.org
of contacts, and perform receptionist duties. ♦ Commission on Opticianry Accreditation
Ophthalmic assistants (OAs) work under 8665 Sudley Road, Suite 341
the supervision of ophthalmologists, optome- Manassas, VA 20110
trists, and/or ophthalmic medical technologists Internet address: www.coaccreditation.com
or technicians. Assistants prepare patients for
examinations, measure visual acuity, perform ♦ Joint Commission on Allied Health Personnel
receptionist duties, help patients with frame in Ophthalmology
selections and fittings, order lenses, perform 2025 Woodlane Drive
minor adjustments and repairs of glasses, and St. Paul, MN 55125-2995
teach proper care and use of contact lenses. Internet address: www.jcahpo.org
♦ National Federation of Opticianry Schools
1238 Robinson Point Road
Mountain Home, AR 72653
Internet address: ww.nfos.org
♦ Opticians Association of America
441 Carlisle Drive
Herndon, VA 20170
Internet address: www.oaa.org
3:2J INFORMATION
Other Therapeutic Services
Careers
There are many other therapeutic service careers.
Some are discussed in this section. Most thera-
FIGURE 3-9 Ophthalmic technicians perform peutic occupations include levels of therapist,
basic vision tests and teach eye exercises. (Cour- technician, and assistant/aide (see table 3-13).
tesy of the American Optometric Association, St. Occupational therapists (OTs) (figure
Louis, MO) 3-10) often work under the direction of a physia-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
62 CHAPTER 3
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 63
TABLE 3-13 Other Therapeutic Services Careers (Continued)
JOB OUTLOOK AVERAGE YEARLY
OCCUPATION EDUCATION REQUIRED TO YEAR 2012 EARNINGS
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
64 CHAPTER 3
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 65
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
66 CHAPTER 3
equipment, and note and inform therapists of Athletic trainers (ATCs) prevent and treat
patients’ responses and progress. athletic injuries and provide rehabilitative ser-
Surgical technologists/technicians (STs), vices to athletes. The athletic trainer frequently
also called operating room technicians (figure works with a physician who specializes in sports
3-14), working under the supervision of RNs or medicine. Athletic trainers teach proper nutri-
physicians, prepare patients for surgery; set up tion, assess the physical condition of athletes,
instruments, equipment, and sterile supplies in give advice regarding a physical conditioning
the operating room; and assist during surgery by program to increase strength and flexibility or
passing instruments and supplies to the surgeon. correct weaknesses, put tape or padding on play-
Although most surgical technologists/techni- ers to protect body parts, treat minor injuries,
cians work in hospital operating rooms, some are administer first aid for serious injuries, and help
employed in outpatient surgical centers, emer- carry out any rehabilitation treatment prescribed
gency departments, urgent care centers, physi- by sports medicine physicians or other thera-
cians’ offices, and other facilities. pists.
Speech–language pathologists, also Dialysis technicians, also called renal dial-
called speech therapists or speech scientists, iden- ysis technicians, hemodialysis technicians, or
tify, evaluate, and treat patients with speech and nephrology technicians, operate the kidney
language disorders. They help patients commu- hemodialysis machines used to treat patients
nicate as effectively as possible, and also teach with limited or no kidney function. Careful
patients to cope with the problems created by patient monitoring is critical during the dialysis
speech impairments. process. The dialysis technician must also pro-
Audiologists provide care to individuals vide emotional support for the patient and teach
who have hearing impairments. They test hear- proper nutrition (because many patients must
ing, diagnose problems, and prescribe treatment, follow restricted diets).
which may include hearing aids, auditory train- Perfusionists, also called extracorporeal
ing, or instruction in speech or lip reading. They circulation technologists, are members of open-
also test noise levels in workplaces and develop heart surgical teams and operate the heart–lung
hearing protection programs. machines used in coronary bypass surgery (sur-
Art, music, and dance therapists use the gery on the coronary arteries in the heart). This
arts to help patients deal with social, physical, or field is expanding to include new advances such
emotional problems. Therapists usually work as artificial hearts. Monitoring and operating
with individuals who are emotionally disturbed, these machines correctly is critical because the
mentally retarded, or physically disabled, but patient’s life depends on the machines. During
they may also work with adults and children who surgery, the perfusionist monitors blood gases
have no disabilities in an effort to promote physi- and vital signs; administers blood products, anes-
cal and mental wellness. thetic agents, and/or drugs as needed; and
induces hypothermia (low body temperature) to
decrease the body’s need for oxygen. After the
surgery, the perfusionist must restore normal
body circulation when the heart starts beating
and wean the patient from the extracorporeal
machine.
ADDITIONAL SOURCES
OF INFORMATION
♦ American Alliance for Health, Physical Educa-
tion, Recreation, and Dance
1900 Association Drive
FIGURE 3-14 Surgical technologists assist by Reston, VA 22091-1598
passing instruments and supplies to the surgeon. Internet address: www.aahperd.org
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 67
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
68 CHAPTER 3
treatment of disease, injury, or other physical Many careers fall under the designation of
conditions. diagnostic services. Some of the more common
Many workers are employed in hospital labo- ones are discussed in this chapter. There are vari-
ratories, but others work in private laboratories, ous levels of workers in most fields (table 3-14).
outpatient centers, doctors’ offices, clinics, pub- Electrocardiograph (ECG) technicians
lic health agencies, pharmaceutical (drug) firms, operate electrocardiograph machines, which
and research or government agencies. In some record electrical impulses that originate in the
occupations, individuals are entrepreneurs, own- heart. Physicians (especially cardiologists) use
ing and operating their own businesses. the electrocardiogram (ECG) to help diagnose
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 69
Medical (Clinical) • 2-year HSTE certification program or associate’s Average growth $26,300–$48,900
Laboratory Technician degree
(MLT) • Licensure or registration required in some states
Certified Laboratory • Certification can be obtained from the American
Technician (CLT) Medical Technologists Association and the National
Credentialing Agency for Laboratory Personnel
Medical (Clinical) • 1–2-year HSTE program or on-the-job training Below average $14,500–$26,300
Laboratory Assistant • Certification can be obtained from the Board of growth
Certified Laboratory Assistants
Phlebotomist • 1–2 years on the job or HSTE program or 100–300 Average growth $14,600–$28,300
hour certification program
• Certification can be obtained from the National
Credentialing Agency for Laboratory Personnel and
the American Society of Phlebotomy Technicians
Radiologic • Associate’s or bachelor’s degree Above average $28,900–$68,600
Technologist ARRT • Licensure required in most states growth
(Registered) • Registration can be obtained from American Registry
of Radiologic Technologies (ARRT)
heart disease and to note changes in the condi- An electroencephalographic (EEG) tech-
tion of a patient’s heart. ECG or cardiographic nologist operates an instrument called an elec-
technicians with more advanced training perform troencephalograph, which records the electrical
stress tests (which record the action of the heart activity of the brain. The record produced, called
during physical activity), Holter monitorings an electroencephalogram, is used by a variety of
(ECGs lasting 24–48 hours, figure 3-15), thallium physicians, especially neurologists (doctors spe-
scans (a nuclear scan after thallium is injected), cializing in nerve and brain diseases), to diagnose
and other specialized cardiac tests that frequently and evaluate diseases and disorders of the brain,
involve the use of computers. An associate’s or such as brain tumors, strokes, toxic/metabolic
bachelor’s degree leads to a position as a cardio- disorders, epilepsy, and sleep disorders. Advanced
vascular technologist. These individuals assist training leads to a position as an electroneuro-
with cardiac catheterization procedures and diagnostic technologist (END). In addition to
angioplasty (a procedure to remove blockages in performing EEGs, these individuals perform
blood vessels), monitor patients during open- nerve conduction tests, measure sensory and
heart surgery and the implantation of pacemak- physical responses to specific stimuli, perform
ers, and perform tests to check circulation in evoked potential (EP) tests that measure brain
blood vessels. Some specialize in using ultra- response when specific nerves are stimulated,
sound (high-frequency sound waves) to assess and operate other monitoring devices. Technolo-
heart function and diagnose heart conditions gists who specialize in administering sleep disor-
and are called echocardiographers or cardiac der evaluations are called polysomnographic
sonographers. Others use ultrasound to diagnose technologists.
disorders of blood vessels by checking blood Medical (clinical) laboratory technolo-
pressure, oxygen saturation, and circulation of gists (MTs) work under the supervision of doc-
blood throughout the body. They are called vas- tors called pathologists. They study tissues, fluids,
cular technologists or vascular sonographers. and cells of the human body to help determine
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
70 CHAPTER 3
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 71
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
72 CHAPTER 3
three-dimensional image of body parts and ♦ International Society for Clinical Laboratory
scan the body for disease processes. This Technology
allows physicians to see an organ or bone 917 Locust Street, Suite 1100
from all sides, similar to a model. St. Louis, MO 63101
♦ National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Lab-
oratory Sciences
ADDITIONAL SOURCES 8410 West Bryn Mawr Avenue, Suite 670
Chicago, IL 60631-3415
OF INFORMATION Internet address: www.naacls.org
♦ National Credentialing Agency for Laboratory
♦ Alliance of Cardiovascular Professionals Personnel
4356 Bonney Road, Suite 103 P.O. Box 15945-289
Virginia Beach, VA 23452-1200 Lenexa, KS 66285
Internet address: www.acp-online.org Internet address: www.nca-info.org
♦ American College of Radiology ♦ Society of Diagnostic Medical Sonography
1891 Preston White Drive 2745 Dallas Parkway, Suite 350
Reston, VA 22091 Dallas, TX 75093-8730
Internet address: www.acr.org Internet address: www.sdms.org
♦ American Medical Technologists ♦ For information about specific tasks of a med-
710 Higgins Road ical laboratory assistant/technician and a
Park Ridge, IL 60068 radiology assistant/technician, ask your
Internet address: www.amt1.com instructor for the Guideline for Clinical Rota-
♦ American Registry of Radiologic Technologists tions in the Diversified Health Occupations
1255 Northland Drive Teacher’s Resource Kit. Additional career infor-
St. Paul, MN 55120-1155 mation for medical laboratory assistants/
Internet address: www.arrt.org technicians is provided in the Career High-
♦ American Society for Clinical Laboratory light Section of Chapter 19 in this textbook.
Science
6701 Democracy Boulevard, Suite 300
Bethesda, MD 20814 3:4 INFORMATION
Internet address: www.ascls.org
♦ American Society of Electroneurodiagnostic Health Informatics Careers
Technologists Health informatics workers are involved with
426 W. 42nd Street documentation of patient records and health
Kansas City, MO 64111 information. There are many different types of
Internet address: www.aset.org health workers at all levels. Some examples of
♦ American Society of Radiologic Technologists careers in health informatics include health
15000 Central Avenue SE information administrators or technicians, health
Albuquerque, NM 87123-3917 educators, medical transcriptionists, admitting
Internet address: www.asrt.org office personnel, epidemiologists, medical illus-
trators, photographers, writers, and librarians
♦ Association of Schools of Allied Health (see table 3-15). Computer technology is used in
Professions almost all the careers.
1730 M Street, Suite 500 Places of employment include hospitals, clin-
Washington, DC 20036 ics, research centers, health departments, long-
Internet address: www.asahp.org. term care facilities, colleges, law firms, health
♦ Cardiovascular Credentialing International maintenance organizations (HMOs), and insur-
(CCI) ance companies.
1500 Sunday Drive, Suite 102 Health information (medical records)
Raleigh, NC 27607 administrators (RAs) develop and manage the
Internet address: www.cci-online.org systems for storing and obtaining information
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 73
from records, prepare information for legal istrator to be able to operate and use a variety of
actions and insurance claims, compile statistics computer programs.
for organizations and government agencies, Health information (medical records)
manage medical records departments, ensure technicians, (figure 3-19), organize and code
the confidentiality of patient information, and patient records, gather statistical or research
supervise and train other personnel. Because data, record information on patient records,
computers are used in almost all aspects of the monitor electronic and paper-based information
job, it is essential for the medical records admin- to ensure confidentiality, and calculate bills using
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
74 CHAPTER 3
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 75
Health Care • Usually master’s or doctoral, but smaller facilities may Above average $48,500–$196,000
Administrator accept a bachelor’s degree growth
Health Services • Licensure required for long-term care facilities
Manager • Certification can be obtained from American College of
Health Care Executives
Biomedical • Bachelor’s or master’s degree Above average $48,500–$108,600
(Clinical) Engineer • Licensure required in some states growth
• Certification available from the International Certification
Commission for Clinical Engineering and Biomedical
Technology
Biomedical • Associate’s or bachelor’s degree Above average $26,300–$58,600
Equipment • Certification can be obtained from the International growth
Technician Certification Commission for Clinical Engineering and
(CBET-Certified) Biomedical Technology of the Association for the
Advancement of Medical Instrumentation
Central/Sterile • On-the-job training or 1–2-year HSTE program Average growth $12,200–$23,500
Supply Technician
Housekeeping • On-the-job training or 1-year career/technical program Above average $12,200–$24,700
Worker Sanitary growth
Manager
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
76 CHAPTER 3
3:5 INFORMATION
Support Services Careers
Support services workers are involved with creat-
ing a therapeutic environment to provide direct
or indirect patient care. Any hospital or health
care facility requires workers to operate the sup-
port departments such as administration, the
business office, the admissions office, central/
sterile supply, plant operations, equipment main-
tenance, and housekeeping. Each department
has workers at all levels and with varying levels of
education (see table 3-16).
Places of employment include hospitals, clin- FIGURE 3-20 Central/sterile supply workers
ics, long-term care facilities, HMOs, and public prepare all the equipment and supplies used by
health or governmental agencies. other departments in a health care facility.
Health care administrators, also called
health care executives or health services managers electrocardiographs, X-ray units, pacemakers,
plan, direct, coordinate, and supervise delivery of sterilizers, blood-gas analyzers, heart–lung
health care and manage the operation of health machines, respirators, and other similar devices.
care facilities. They are frequently called chief Lives depend on the accuracy and proper opera-
executive officers (CEOs). A health care adminis- tion of many of these machines, so constant
trator may be responsible for personnel, super- maintenance and testing for defects is critical.
vise department heads, determine budget and Some biomedical equipment technicians also
finance, establish policies and procedures, per- teach other staff members how to use biomedical
form public relations duties, and coordinate all equipment.
activities in the facility. Duties depend on the size Central/sterile supply workers (figure
of the facility. 3-20) are involved in ordering, maintaining, and
Biomedical (clinical) engineers combine supplying all the equipment and supplies used
knowledge of engineering with knowledge of by other departments in a health care facility.
biology and biomechanical principles to assist in They sterilize instruments or supplies, maintain
the operation of health care facilities. They design equipment, inventory materials, and fill requisi-
and build sensor systems that can be used for tions from other departments.
diagnostic tests, such as the computers used to Housekeeping workers/sanitary man-
analyze blood; develop computer systems that agers, also called environmental service workers,
can be used to monitor patients; design and pro- help maintain the cleanliness of the health care
duce monitors, imaging machines, surgical facility to provide a pleasant, sanitary environ-
instruments, lasers, and other similar medical ment. They observe all principles of infection
equipment; design clinical laboratories and other control to prevent the spread of disease.
units in a health care facility that uses advanced
technology; and monitor and maintain the oper-
ation of the technologic systems. They frequently ADDITIONAL SOURCES
work with other health team members such as
physicians or nurses to adapt instrumentation or OF INFORMATION
computer technology to meet the specific needs
of the patients and health care team. ♦ American College of Health Care
Biomedical equipment technicians Administrators
(BETs) work with the many different machines 300 N. Lee Street Suite 301
used to diagnose, treat, and monitor patients. Alexandria, VA 22314
They install, test, service, and repair equipment Internet address: www.achca.org
such as patient monitors, kidney hemodialysis ♦ American College of Healthcare Executives
units, diagnostic imaging scanners, incubators, One North Franklin Street, Suite 1700
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 77
Chicago, IL 60606-4425
Internet address: www.ache.org
3:6 INFORMATION
♦ American Health Care Association Biotechnology Research and
1201 L Street NW Development Careers
Washington, DC 20005 Biotechnology career workers are involved with
Internet address: www.ahca.org using living cells and their molecules to make
useful products. They work with cells and cell
♦ American Hospital Association products from humans, animals, plants, and
1 North Franklin Street
microorganisms. Through research and develop-
Chicago, IL 60606-3421
ment, they help produce new diagnostic tests,
Internet address: www.aha.org
forms of treatment, medications, vaccines to pre-
♦ Association for the Advancement of Medical vent disease, methods to detect and clean up
Instrumentation environmental contamination, and food prod-
3330 Washington Boulevard, Suite 400 ucts. The potential for the use of biotechnology is
Arlington, VA 22201-4598 unlimited.
Internet address: www.aami.org Places of employment include pharmaceuti-
cal companies, chemical companies, agricultural
♦ Biomedical Engineering Society facilities, research laboratories, colleges or uni-
8401 Corporate Drive, Suite 110 versities, government facilities, forensic labora-
Landover, MD 20785 tories, hospitals, and industry. There are many
Internet address: www.bmes.org career opportunities at all levels (table 3-17).
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
78 CHAPTER 3
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Careers in Health Care 79
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
80 CHAPTER 3
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
CHAPTER 4 Personal and
Professional
Qualities of a
Health Care Worker
Chapter Objectives
After completing this chapter,
you should be able to:
Observe Standard ◆ Explain how diet, rest, exercise, good posture,
Precautions and avoiding tobacco, alcohol, and drugs
contribute to good health
Instructor’s Check—Call
◆ Demonstrate the standards of a professional
Instructor at This Point appearance as they apply to uniforms, shoes,
nails, hair, jewelry, and makeup
◆ Create a characteristic profile of a health care
Safety—Proceed with worker that includes at least eight personal/
Caution
professional traits or attitudes
◆ Identify four factors that interfere with
OBRA Requirement—Based communication
on Federal Law ◆ Explain the importance of listening, nonverbal
behavior, reporting, and recording in the
communication process
Math Skill
◆ Identify why teamwork is beneficial
◆ Identify six basic characteristics of leaders
Legal Responsibility ◆ Differentiate among democratic, laissez-faire,
and autocratic leaders
◆ Differentiate between positive and negative
Science Skill
stressors by identifying the emotional response
◆ List six ways to eliminate or decrease stress
Career Information ◆ Explain how time management, problem
solving, and goal setting reduce stress
◆ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms
Communications Skill
Technology
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
82 CHAPTER 4
KEY TERMS
acceptance of criticism enthusiasm personal hygiene
autocratic leader feedback responsibility
communication goal self-motivation
competence honesty stress
(kom!-peh-tense) laissez-faire leader tact
cultural diversity leader team player
democratic leader leadership teamwork
dependability listening time management
discretion nonverbal communication willingness to learn
empathy (em!-path-ee") patience
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Personal and Professional Qualities of a Health Care Worker 83
ties are “smoke-free” environments. The use able. Extreme styles in any type of uniform should
of alcohol and drugs impairs mental function, be avoided. It is important that the health care
decreases ability to make decisions, and worker learn what type and color uniform is
adversely affects many body systems. The use required or permitted and follow the standards
of alcohol or drugs can also result in job loss. established by the place of employment.
Avoiding tobacco, alcohol, and drugs helps
prevent damage to the body systems and con-
tributes to good health. Clothing
If regular clothing is worn in place of a uniform,
the clothing must be clean, neat, and in good
PROFESSIONAL repair (figure 4-2). The style should allow for free-
APPEARANCE dom of body movement and should be appropri-
ate for the job. For example, while clean, neat
When you obtain a position in a health career, it jeans might be appropriate at times for a recre-
is important to learn the rules or standards of ational therapist, they are not proper attire for
dress and personal appearance that have been most other health professionals. Washable fab-
established by your place of employment. Abide rics are usually best because frequent laundering
by the rules and make every effort to maintain a is necessary.
neat, clean, and professional appearance.
Name Badge
Uniform Most health care facilities require personnel to
Many health occupations require uniforms. A wear name badges or photo identification tags at
uniform should always be neat, well fitting, clean, all times. The badge usually states the name, title,
and free from wrinkles (figure 4-1). Some agen- and department of the health care worker. In
cies require a white uniform, but others allow some health care settings, such as long-term care
pastel colors. In some facilities, the colors iden- facilities, workers are required by law to wear
tify groups of workers. If white uniforms are
required, white or neutral undergarments should
be worn. A large variety of uniform styles is avail-
FIGURE 4-1 Uniform styles may vary, but a FIGURE 4-2 If regular clothing is worn in place of
uniform should always be neat, well fitting, clean, a uniform, the clothing should reflect a professional
and free from wrinkles. appearance.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
84 CHAPTER 4
identification badges. In addition, a health care Finally, the flash of bright colors may bother a
facility’s security regulations may require photo person who does not feel well. If nail polish is
identification tags to gain access into the build- worn, it should be clear or colorless, and the nails
ing or into certain areas inside the facility. must be kept scrupulously clean. Hand cream or
lotion should be used to keep the hands from
becoming chapped and dry from frequent hand-
Shoes washing.
Although white shoes are frequently required,
many occupations allow other types of shoes.
Any shoes should fit well and provide good sup- Hair
port to prevent fatigue. Low heels are usually best
because they help prevent fatigue and accidents. Hair should be kept clean and neat. It should
Avoid wearing sandals or open-toe shoes, unless be styled attractively and be easy to care for.
they are standard dress for a particular occupa- Fancy or extreme hairstyles, hair ornaments,
tion. Shoes should be cleaned daily. If shoelaces and/or unnatural hair colors should be avoided.
are part of the shoes, these must also be cleaned If the job requires close contact with patients,
or replaced frequently. Women should wear white long hair must be pinned back and kept off
or beige stockings or pantyhose with dress uni- the collar. This prevents the hair from touching
forms; colored or patterned stockings should be the patient/resident, falling on a tray or on
avoided. White socks should be worn with white equipment, or blocking necessary vision during
pants. procedures.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Personal and Professional Qualities of a Health Care Worker 85
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
86 CHAPTER 4
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Personal and Professional Qualities of a Health Care Worker 87
and the use of good grammar are essential. The changing the form of the message, and getting
use of slang words or words with double mean- others to interpret or clarify the message are
ings should be avoided. Meaningless phrases some ways to help the receiver receive and
or terms such as “you know,” “all that stuff,” respond to the message.
“um,” and “OK,” distract from the message and
♦ The receiver must be able to understand the
also must be avoided. In verbal communica-
message. Using unfamiliar terminology can
tions, the tone and pitch of voice is important.
cause a breakdown in communication. Many
A moderate level, neither too soft nor too loud,
people do not want to admit that they do not
and good inflection, to avoid monotone, are
understand terms because they think others
essential. Think of the many different ways the
will think they are dumb. The health care
sentence “I really like this job” can be said and
worker should ask questions or repeat infor-
the different meanings that can be interpreted
mation in different terms if it appears that the
depending on the tone and pitch of the voice.
patient does not understand the information.
The proper rate, or speed, of delivering a mes-
The receiver’s attitude and prejudices can also
sage is also important. If a message is delivered
interfere with understanding. If a patient feels
too quickly, the receiver may not have enough
that health care workers do not know what
time to hear all parts of the message. In written
they are talking about, the patient will not
communications, the message should be
accept the information presented. Receivers
spelled correctly, contain correct grammar and
must have some confidence and belief in the
punctuation, and be concise but thorough.
sender before they will accept and understand
♦ The receiver must be able to hear and receive a message. It is important that health care
the message. Patients who are heavily medi- workers are willing to say, “I don’t know, but I
cated or are weak may nod their heads as if will try to find out that information for you,”
messages are heard, when, in reality, the when they are asked a question about which
patients are not receiving the information. they do not have correct knowledge. It is also
They may hear it, but it is not being inter- important for health care workers to be aware
preted and understood because of their physi- of their own prejudices and attitudes when
cal states. Patients with hearing or visual they are receiving messages from patients. If
impairments or patients with limited English- health care workers feel that certain patients
speaking abilities are other examples of indi- are lazy, ignorant, or uncooperative, they will
viduals who may not be able to easily receive not respond correctly to messages sent by
messages (figure 4-4). Repeating the message, these patients. Health care workers must be
aware of these feelings and work to overcome
them so they can accept patients as they are.
♦ Interruptions or distractions must be avoided.
Interruptions or distractions can interfere
with any communication. Trying to talk with
others while answering the phone or writing a
message can decrease the effectiveness of
spoken and/or written communication. Loud
noises or distractions in the form of bright
light or uncomfortable temperature can inter-
rupt communication. When two people are
talking outside in freezing temperatures, for
example, the conversation will be limited
because of the discomfort from the cold. A
small child jumping around or climbing up
FIGURE 4-4 In communicating with a person who and down off a mother’s lap will distract the
has a hearing impairment, face the individual and mother as she is getting instructions from a
speak slowly and distinctly. health care worker. A loud television or radio
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
88 CHAPTER 4
interferes with verbal messages, because Good listening allowed the patient to express
receivers may pay more attention to the radio fears and opened the way to more effective com-
or television than to the person speaking to munication. In this same case, the entire pattern
them. It is important to eliminate or at least of communication could have been blocked if
limit distractions if meaningful communica- the health care worker had instead responded,
tion is to take place. “That’s good.”
LISTENING NONVERBAL
Listening is another essential part of effective COMMUNICATION
communication. Listening means paying atten-
tion to and making an effort to hear what the Nonverbal communication involves the use
other person is saying. Good listening skills of facial expressions, body language, gestures,
require constant practice. Techniques that can be eye contact, and touch to convey messages or
used to learn good listening skills include: ideas (figure 4-5). If a person is smiling and sit-
ting in a very relaxed position while saying, “I am
♦ Show interest and concern for what the very angry about this entire situation,” two differ-
speaker is saying ent messages are being conveyed. A smile, a
♦ Be alert and maintain eye contact with the frown, a wink, a shrug of the shoulders, a bored
speaker expression, a tapping of fingers or feet, and other
similar body gestures or actions all convey mes-
♦ Avoid interrupting the speaker sages to the receiver. It is important for health
♦ Pay attention to what the speaker is saying care workers to be aware of both their own and
♦ Avoid thinking about how you are going to patients’ nonverbal behaviors because these are
respond an important part of any communication pro-
cess. A touch of the hand, a pat on the back, a
♦ Try to eliminate your own prejudices and see firm handshake, and a hug can convey more
the other person’s point of view
interest and caring than words could ever do.
♦ Eliminate distractions by moving to a quiet When verbal and nonverbal messages agree, the
area for the conversation receiver is more likely to understand the message
♦ Watch the speaker closely to observe actions being sent.
that may contradict what the person is saying
♦ Reflect statements back to the speaker to let
the speaker know that statements are being
heard
♦ Ask for clarification if you do not understand
part of a message
♦ Keep your temper under control and maintain
a positive attitude
Good listening skills will allow you to receive
the entire message a person is trying to convey to
you. For example, if a patient says, “I’m not wor-
ried about this surgery,” but is very restless and
seems nervous, the patient’s body movements
may indicate fear that is being denied by words.
The health care worker could reflect the patient’s
statement by saying, “You’re not at all worried
about this surgery?” The patient may respond by
saying, “Well, not really. It’s just that I worry about FIGURE 4-5 What aspects of listening and
my family if something should happen to me.” nonverbal behavior can you see in this picture?
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Personal and Professional Qualities of a Health Care Worker 89
Psychological Barriers
Psychological barriers to communication are
often caused by prejudice, attitudes, and per-
sonality. Examples include closed-mindedness,
judging, preaching, moralizing, lecturing, overre-
acting, arguing, advising, and prejudging. Our
judgments of others are too often based on
appearance, lifestyle, and social or economic sta-
tus. Stereotypes such as “dumb blonde,” “lazy
bum,” or “fat slob” cause us to make snap judg-
ments about an individual and affect the com-
munication process.
Health care workers must learn to put prejudice
FIGURE 4-6 To be effective, hearing aids must be aside and show respect to all individuals. A home-
inserted correctly and have good batteries. less person deserves the same quality of health care
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
90 CHAPTER 4
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Personal and Professional Qualities of a Health Care Worker 91
RECORDING AND
REPORTING
In health care, an important part of effective com-
munication is reporting or recording all observa-
tions while providing care. To do this, it is important
to not only listen to what the patient is saying, but
to make observations about the patient. All senses
FIGURE 4-8 Many health care facilities provide are used to make observations:
written instructions or explanations in several ♦ Sense of sight: notes the color of skin, swelling
different languages to facilitate communication with or edema, the presence of a rash or sore, the
individuals who have limited English-speaking color of urine or stool, the amount of food
abilities. eaten, and other similar factors
♦ Sense of smell: alerts a health care worker to
should be told the truth about his or her diag-
body odor or unusual odors of breath, wounds,
nosis and informed about the expected out-
urine, or stool
come. Some cultural groups believe that a
person should not be told of a fatal diagnosis ♦ Sense of touch: used to feel the pulse, dryness
or be burdened with making decisions about or temperature of the skin, perspiration, and
treatment. In these cultures, the family, the swelling
mother or father, or another designated indi- ♦ Sense of hearing: used while listening to respi-
vidual is expected to make decisions about rations, abnormal body sounds, coughs, and
care, treatment, and information given to the speech
patient. In such instances, it is important for
By using all senses, the health care worker
health care workers to recognize and respect
can learn a great deal about a patient’s condition
this and to involve these individuals in the
and be able to report observations accurately.
patient’s care. At times, it may be necessary for
Observations should be reported promptly to
a patient to use legal means, such as power of
an immediate supervisor. There are two types of
attorney for health care, to designate respon-
observations:
sibility for his or her care to another person.
♦ Touch: In some cultures, it is inappropriate to ♦ Subjective observations: These cannot be seen
touch someone on the head. Other cultures or felt, and are commonly called symptoms.
have clearly defined areas of the body that can They are usually statements or complaints
be touched or that should be avoided. Even a made by the patient. They should be reported
simple handshake can be regarded as showing in the exact words the patient used.
a lack of respect. In some cultures, only family ♦ Objective observations: These can be seen or
members provide personal care. For this rea- measured, and are commonly called signs. A
son, health care workers should always get bruise, cut, rash, or swelling can be seen.
permission from the patient before providing Blood pressure and temperature are measur-
care and should avoid any use of touch that able.
seems to be inappropriate for the individual.
For example, the health care worker should
Respect for and acceptance of cultural diver- not state, “I think Mr. B. has a fever.” The report
sity is essential for any health care worker. When should state, “Mr. B. is complaining of feeling hot.
beliefs, ideas, concepts, and ways of life are dif- His skin is red and flushed, and his temperature
ferent, communication barriers can result. By is 102°.”
making every attempt to learn about cultural dif- In some health care facilities, observations are
ferences and by showing respect for an individu- recorded on a patient’s health care record. Effec-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
92 CHAPTER 4
tive communication requires these written obser- even prevent other family members from seeing
vations to be accurate, concise, and complete the information. If any health care provider allows
(figure 4-9). The writing should be neat and legi- information to be released from a medical record
ble, and spelling and grammar should be correct. without the patient’s permission, the patient can
Only objective observations should be noted. Sub- file a complaint that the privacy act has been vio-
jective observations that the health care worker lated. This act is discussed in more detail in Chap-
feels or thinks should be avoided. If a patient’s ter 5:1. It is important for every health care
statement is recorded, the statement should be provider to be aware of all parts of this act and to
written in the patient’s own words and enclosed in make every effort to protect the privacy and con-
quotation marks. All information should be signed fidentiality of the patient’s health care records.
with the name and title of the person recording
the information. Errors should be crossed out
neatly with a straight line, have “error” recorded by SUMMARY
them, and show the initials of the person making
the error. In this way, recorded communication Good communication skills allow health care
will be effective communication. workers to develop good interpersonal relation-
The Health Insurance Portability and ships. Patients feel accepted, they feel that others
Accountability Act (HIPAA) has established strict have an interest and concern in them, they feel
standards for maintaining confidentiality of free to express their ideas and fears, they develop
health care records. Under this act, patients have confidence in the health care workers, and they
total control on how information in their medical feel they are receiving quality health care. In addi-
records is used. Patients must be able to see and tion, the health care worker will relate more effec-
obtain copies of their records. They can set limits tively with co-workers and other individuals.
on who can obtain this information. They can
4:4 INFORMATION
Teamwork
In almost any health care career, you will be a
part of an interdisciplinary health care team. The
team concept was created to provide quality
holistic health care to every patient. Teamwork
consists of many professionals, with different
levels of education, ideas, backgrounds, and
interests, working together for the benefit of the
patient. For example, a surgical team might
include the following people:
♦ Admitting clerk: collects admission informa-
tion
♦ Insurance representative: obtains approval for
the surgery
♦ Nurses or patient care technicians: prepare the
patient for surgery
♦ Surgeons: perform the operation
♦ Anesthesiologist: administer anesthetics, med-
ications that decrease pain and/or conscious-
ness
♦ Operating room nurses: assist the surgeon
FIGURE 4-9 Information recorded on health care ♦ Surgical technicians: prepare and pass instru-
records must be accurate, concise, and complete. ments
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Personal and Professional Qualities of a Health Care Worker 93
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
94 CHAPTER 4
♦ Respect the opinions of others even though of others. A myth exists that leaders are born. In
you may not agree with them fact, leaders develop by their own efforts. Leaders
combine visions of excellence with the ability to
♦ Be open-minded and willing to compromise inspire others. They promote positive changes
♦ Avoid criticizing other team members that benefit their professions and the people they
♦ Learn good communication skills so you can serve. Anyone can learn to be a leader by making
share ideas, concepts, and knowledge an effort to understand the principles of leader-
ship. In a group, every member who makes a con-
♦ Support and encourage other team members
tribution to an idea can be considered a leader.
♦ Perform your duties to the best of your ability The leadership in the group passes from person
Conflict among individuals with different to person as each individual contributes to the
personalities is a problem that can occur when a achievement of the group’s goals.
group of people is working as a team. When con- Many different characteristics are assigned to
flict occurs, it is essential for each person to deal a leader. All the characteristics can be learned. In
with the conflict in a positive way. The people this way, leadership becomes a skill or function
involved in the conflict should meet, talk with that can be learned, rather than an inherited set
each other to identify the problem, listen to the of characteristics.
other person’s point of view, avoid accusations Some common characteristics may include:
and hostility, try to determine a way to resolve
♦ Respects the rights, dignity, opinions, and
the problem in a cooperative manner, and put
abilities of others
the agreed-upon solution into action. If a situa-
tion occurs where two people do not feel com- ♦ Understands the principles of democracy
fortable talking privately with each other, a ♦ Works with a group and guides the group
mediator may be able to assist with finding a toward a goal
solution to the problem. Some health care facili-
♦ Believes that changes and improvements can
ties have grievance committees to assist with
be accomplished
conflicts that may occur. If a team is to meet its
goals, conflict must be resolved. ♦ Participates in continuing education and pro-
Legal responsibilities are another important fessional development, and understands the
aspect of teamwork. Each member of a team concept of lifelong learning
must be aware of the legal limitations on duties ♦ Understands own strengths and weaknesses
that can be performed. All members must func- ♦ Displays self-confidence and willingness to
tion within legal boundaries. No team member take a stand
should ever attempt to solve a problem or per-
form a duty that is beyond the range of duties ♦ Communicates effectively and verbalizes ideas
legally permitted. clearly
Effective teams are the result of hard work, ♦ Shows self-initiative, a willingness to work,
patience, commitment, and practice. When each and completes tasks
individual participates fully in the team and ♦ Shows optimism, is open-minded, and can
makes every effort to contribute to the team, the compromise
team achieves success.
♦ Praises others and gives credit to others
♦ Dedicated to meeting high standards
4:5 INFORMATION
Leaders can often be classified into broad
Professional Leadership categories. Some of the categories include:
Leadership is an important concept in health religious, political, club or organizational, busi-
occupations. Leadership is the skill or ability to ness, community, expertise in a particular area,
encourage people to work together and do their and even informal or peer group. Leaders in
best to achieve common goals. A leader is fre- these categories often develop based on their
quently defined as an individual who leads or involvement with the particular category. An
guides others, or who is in charge or in command individual who joins a club or organization may
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Personal and Professional Qualities of a Health Care Worker 95
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
96 CHAPTER 4
usually depends on the individual’s reaction to of stress you are comfortable with, the type of
and perception of the situation causing stress. stress that motivates you effectively, and the type
For example, a blood test can be a routine event of stress that is unpleasant. If a chronic daily
for some individuals, such as a diabetic who per- stressor is heavy traffic on the road to work, it
forms three or four blood tests on a daily basis. may be time to evaluate the possibility of finding
Another individual who is terrified of needles a new way to work, leaving earlier or later to avoid
might feel extreme stress when a blood test is traffic, or finding a way to relax while stuck in
necessary. Many different things can cause stress. traffic. Stressors are problems that must be solved
Examples include relationships with family, or eliminated. One way to do this is to use the
friends, and co-workers; job or school demands; problem-solving method. It consists of the follow-
foods such as caffeine, excessive sweets, and salt; ing steps:
illness; lifestyle; financial problems; family events
such as birth, death, marriage, or divorce; over-
♦ Gather information or data. Assess the situa-
tion to obtain all facts and opinions.
work; boredom and negative feelings; time limi-
tations (too much to do and not enough time to ♦ Identify the problem. Try to identify the real
do it); and failure to achieve goals. stressor and why it is causing a reaction.
Not all stress is harmful. In fact, a small ♦ List possible solutions. Look at all ways to
amount of stress is essential to an individual’s eliminate or adapt to the stressor; include
well-being because it makes a person more alert both good and bad ideas; then, evaluate each
and raises the energy level. The individual is able of the ideas and try to determine how effective
to make quick judgments and decisions, becomes it will be.
more organized, and is motivated to accomplish
♦ Make a plan. After evaluating the solutions,
tasks and achieve goals. The way in which an
choose one that you think will have the best
individual responds to stressors determines
outcome.
whether the situation is helpful or harmful. If
stress causes positive feelings such as excitement, ♦ Act on your solution. Use the solution to your
anticipation, self-confidence, and a sense of problem to see if it has the expected outcome.
achievement, it is helpful. If stress causes nega- Does it allow you to eliminate or adapt to the
tive feelings such as boredom, frustration, irrita- stressor?
bility, anger, depression, distrust of others, ♦ Evaluate the results. Determine whether the
self-criticism, emotional and physical exhaus- action was effective. Did it work or is another
tion, and emotional outbursts, it is harmful. Neg- solution better?
ative stress can also lead to substance abuse. An
♦ Change the solution. If necessary, use a differ-
individual may smoke more, drink large amounts
ent solution that might be more effective.
of alcohol, take drugs, or eat excessively to find
comfort and escape from the negative feelings. Learning to manage a stress reaction is
Prolonged periods of harmful stress can lead to another important way of dealing with stressors.
burnout or a mental breakdown. For this reason, When you become aware that a stressor is caus-
an individual must become aware of the stressors ing a physical reaction in your body, use the fol-
in his/her life and learn methods to control lowing four-step plan to gain control:
them.
The first step in learning how to control stress
♦ Stop: immediately stop what you are doing to
break out of the stress response
is to identify stressors. Recognizing the symp-
toms of “fight or flight” can lead to an awareness ♦ Breathe: take a slow deep breath to relieve the
of the factors that cause these symptoms. By physical tension you are feeling
keeping a list or diary of stressors, an individual ♦ Reflect: think about the problem at hand and
can begin to evaluate ways to deal with the stress- the cause of the stress
ors and/or ways to eliminate them. When stress-
♦ Choose: determine how you want to deal with
ful events occur, note what the event was, why
the stress
you feel stress, how much stress you experience,
and how you deal with the stress. Do you tackle The brief pause that the four-step method
the cause of the stress or the symptom? This type requires allows an individual to become more
of information allows you to understand the level aware of the stressor, the physical reaction to the
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Personal and Professional Qualities of a Health Care Worker 97
stressor, and the actual cause of the stress. This ♦ Think positively: reflect on your accomplish-
awareness can then be used to determine whether ments and be proud of yourself
a problem exists. If a problem does exist, a solu-
tion to the problem must be found.
♦ Develop outside interests: provide time for
yourself; do not allow a job to dominate your
Many other stress-reducing techniques can
life
be used to manage stress. Some of the more com-
mon techniques include: ♦ Seek assistance or delegate tasks: ask others for
help or delegate some tasks to others; remem-
♦ Live a healthy life: eat balanced meals, get suf- ber that no one can do everything all of the
ficient amounts of rest and sleep, and exercise time
on a regular basis
♦ Avoid too many commitments: learn to say
♦ Take a break from stressors: sit in a comfort- “no”
able chair with your feet up
It is important to remember that stress is a
♦ Relax: take a warm bath
constant presence in every individual’s life and
♦ Escape: listen to quiet, soothing music cannot be avoided. However, by being aware of
♦ Relieve tension: shut your eyes, take slow deep the causes of stress, by learning how to respond
breaths, and concentrate on relaxing each when a stress reaction occurs, by solving prob-
muscle that is tense lems effectively to eliminate stress, and by prac-
ticing techniques to reduce the effect of stress, an
♦ Rely on others: talk with a friend and reach out
individual can deal with the daily stressors in his/
to your support system (figure 4-11)
her life and even benefit from them. It is also
♦ Meditate: think about your values or beliefs in important for every health care worker to remem-
a higher power ber that patients also experience stress, especially
♦ Use imagery: close your eyes and use all your when they are dealing with an illness and/or dis-
senses to place yourself in a scene where you ability. The same techniques can be used by the
are at peace and relaxed health care worker to help patients learn to deal
♦ Enjoy yourself: find an enjoyable leisure activ- with stress.
ity or hobby to provide “time outs”
♦ Renew yourself: learn new skills, take part in a 4:7 INFORMATION
professional organization, participate in com-
munity activities, and make every effort to Time Management
continue growing as an individual
One way to help prevent stress is to use time
management. Time management is a system
of practical skills that allows an individual to use
time in the most effective and productive way
possible. Time management helps prevent or
reduce stress by putting the individual in charge,
keeping things in perspective when events are
overwhelming, increasing productivity, using
time more effectively, improving enjoyment of
activities, and providing time for relaxing and
enjoying life.
The first step of time management is to keep
an activity record for a period of several days. This
allows an individual to determine how he/she
actually uses the time available. By listing activi-
ties as they are performed, noting the amount of
time each activity takes, and evaluating how
effective the activity was, an individual can see
FIGURE 4-11 Relaxing and talking with a friend is patterns emerging. Certain periods of the day will
one way to reduce stress. show higher energy levels and an improved qual-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
98 CHAPTER 4
ity of work. Other periods may indicate that ♦ Narrow your career choices to the health care
accomplishments are limited because of fatigue. fields that you like best.
Wasted time will also become apparent. Time
spent looking for objects, talking on the tele-
♦ Investigate which high-school courses you
should take to meet college entry require-
phone, playing games on a computer, and doing
ments for these health careers.
things that are not worthwhile is time that can be
put to more constructive use. After this informa- ♦ Take the required courses in English, math,
tion has been obtained, an individual can begin science, computer technology, and other spe-
to organize time. Important projects can be cific academic areas.
scheduled during the periods of the day when ♦ Explore the career and technology programs
energy levels are high. Rest or relaxation periods offered by your high school.
can be scheduled when energy levels are low.
♦ Enroll in a health science technology educa-
tion (HSTE) program if one is available.
SETTING GOALS ♦ Join a student organization for HSTE students
to network with other people who have simi-
Goal setting is another important factor of time lar interests.
management. A goal can be defined as a desired
♦ Obtain a job or work as a volunteer in health
result or purpose toward which one is working.
care areas to determine which career you like
Goals can be compared with maps that help you
best.
find your direction and reach your destination.
An old saying states, “If you don’t know where you ♦ Research and visit different colleges or techni-
are going, you will never get there.” Goals allow cal schools to learn about course offerings,
you to know where you are going and provide financial aid, entry requirements, and other
direction to your life. similar information.
Everyone should have both short- and long- When this person is in the junior or senior
term goals. Long-term goals are achievements year of high school, short-term goals might
that may take a period of years or even a lifetime include:
to accomplish. Short-term goals usually take
days, weeks, or months to accomplish. They are ♦ Complete all required high-school courses
the smaller steps that are taken to reach the long- and maintain a high grade point average.
term goal. For example, a long-term goal might ♦ Confer with guidance or career counselors to
be to graduate from college with a health care obtain information on scholarships, financial
degree. help, career planning, college life, and other
If the person with this goal is starting high similar topics.
school, short-term goals might include:
♦ Apply to several colleges or technical schools
♦ Research and learn about the wide variety of that have accredited programs in the chosen
health careers. health field.
♦ Job-shadow health careers that seem most ♦ Arrange for financial assistance and/or obtain
interesting. a part-time job to save money for college.
♦ Talk with people in different health care ♦ Check living arrangements at the college areas
careers to find out about the careers. if living away from home will be necessary.
♦ Complete job interest surveys to determine ♦ After being accepted by colleges or technical
how your own skills and interests match schools, evaluate each individually to choose
requirements for different health careers. the school you will attend.
♦ Discuss career opportunities with a guidance ♦ Notify the school you have selected before the
or career counselor. established deadline for enrollment.
♦ Attend job fairs or career planning days to These short-term goals are basic suggestions.
obtain information on specific health careers. Each individual has to establish his/her own
♦ Use a computer to research health careers on goals. It is important to remember that short-
the Internet. term goals will change constantly as one set is
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Personal and Professional Qualities of a Health Care Worker 99
completed and a new set is established. Comple- from the most important to the least impor-
tion of a goal, however, will lead to a sense of sat- tant; decide if any tasks can be delegated to
isfaction and accomplishment, and provide another person to complete and delegate
motivation to attempt other goals. To set goals whenever possible; eliminate unnecessary
effectively, you must observe certain points. tasks
These points include: ♦ Identify habits and preferences: know when
♦ State goals in a positive manner. Use words you have the most energy to complete work
such as “accomplish” rather than “avoid.” and when it is best to schedule rest, exercise,
♦ Define goals clearly and precisely. If possible, or social activities
set a time limit to accomplish the goal. ♦ Schedule tasks: use the daily planner and cal-
♦ Prioritize multiple goals. Determine which endar to write down all events; be sure to
goals are the most important and complete include time for rest, exercise, meals, hobbies,
them first. and social activities; if a conflict arises with
two things scheduled at the same time, priori-
♦ Write goals down. This makes the goal seem tize and reschedule
real and attainable.
♦ Make a daily “to do” list: list all tasks on a daily
♦ Make sure each goal is at the right level. Goals basis; as you complete each one, cross it off
should present a challenge, but not be too dif-
the list; enjoy the sense of satisfaction that
ficult or impossible to complete.
occurs as you complete each job; if some
After goals have been established, concen- things on the list are not completed at the end
trate on ways to accomplish them. Review neces- of the day, determine if they should be added
sary skills, information that must be obtained, to the next day’s list or if they can be elimi-
resources you can use, problems that may occur, nated
and which goal should be completed first. Basi-
♦ Plan your work: work at a comfortable pace;
cally, this is just organizing the steps that will lead
try to do the hardest tasks first; do one thing at
to achieving the goal. After the goal has been
a time whenever possible so you can complete
achieved, enjoy your sense of accomplishment
it and cross it off the list; make sure you have
and satisfaction for a job well done. If you fail in
everything you need to complete the task
obtaining the goal, evaluate the situation and
before you begin; ask for assistance when
determine why you failed. Was the goal unrealis-
needed; work smarter, not harder
tic? Did you lack the skills or knowledge to obtain
the goal? Is there another way to achieve the goal? ♦ Avoid distractions: make every effort to avoid
Remember that failure can be a positive learning interruptions; use a telephone answering sys-
experience. tem and screen calls; avoid procrastination;
learn to say “no” when asked to interrupt your
work for something that is not essential
TIME MANAGEMENT ♦ Take credit for a job well done: when a job is
PLAN complete, recognize your achievement; cross
the completed work off the list; if the task was
Time management is used to ensure success in a particularly hard one, reward yourself with a
meeting established goals. A daily planner and short break or other positive thing before
calendar are essential tools. These tools allow an going on to the next job on the list
individual to write everything down, organize all
These steps of time management provide for an
information, become aware of conflicts (two
organized and efficient use of time. However,
things to do at the same time), and provide an
even with careful planning, things do not always
organized schedule to follow. An effective time
get done according to plan. Unexpected emer-
management plan involves the following seven
gencies, a new assignment, a complication, and/
steps:
or overscheduling are common events in the life
♦ Analyze and prioritize: review and list estab- of a health care worker. When a time manage-
lished goals; determine what tasks must be ment plan does not work, try to determine the
completed to achieve goals; list tasks in order, reasons for failure. Reevaluate goals and revise
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
100 CHAPTER 4
the plan. Patience, practice, and an honest effort ity time for rest and relaxation, a sense of being in
will eventually produce a plan that provides self- control, a healthier lifestyle, and increased pro-
satisfaction for achieving goals, less stress, qual- ductivity.
STUDENT: Go to the workbook and complete avoiding the use of tobacco, alcohol, and drugs,
the assignment sheet for Chapter 4, Personal and a health care worker can strive to maintain good
Professional Qualities of a Health Care Worker. health. Wearing the appropriate uniform or ap-
propriate clothing and shoes is essential to pro-
jecting the proper image. Proper hair and nail
CHAPTER 4 SUMMARY care, good personal hygiene, and limited make-
up also help create a professional appearance.
Certain personal characteristics, attitudes, and Personal characteristics such as honesty, de-
rules of appearance apply to health care workers pendability, patience, enthusiasm, responsibil-
in all health careers. Every health care worker ity, discretion, and competence are essential. In
must constantly strive to develop the necessary addition, health care workers must be willing to
characteristics and to present a professional ap- learn and to accept criticism. These characteris-
pearance. tics must be practiced and learned.
A professional appearance helps inspire con- Effective communication is an important
fidence and a positive self-image. Good health aspect of helping individuals through stages of
is an important part of appearance. By eating growth and development and in meeting needs.
correctly, obtaining adequate rest, exercising A health care worker must have an understand-
daily, observing the rules of good posture, and ing of the communication process, factors that
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Personal and Professional Qualities of a Health Care Worker 101
interfere with communication, the importance preparing written “to do” lists and crossing off
of listening, and verbal and nonverbal commu- work that has been completed, planning work
nication. Another important aspect of commu- carefully, avoiding distractions, and taking cred-
nication is the proper reporting or recording of it for a job well done. An effective time manage-
all observations noted while providing care. ment plan will reduce stress, help an individual
Communication barriers such as physical attain goals, increase self-confidence, lead to a
disabilities, psychological attitudes, and cultural healthier lifestyle, and provide quality time for
diversity can interfere with the communication rest and relaxation.
process. Special consideration must be given to Health care workers must learn and follow
these barriers to improve communication. Some the standards and requirements established by
cultural groups have beliefs and practices that the health care facility in which they are em-
may relate to health and illness. Because indi- ployed.
viduals will respond to health care according to
their cultural beliefs, a health care worker must
be aware of and show respect for different cul- INTERNET SEARCHES
tural values in order to provide optimal patient
care. Use the suggested search engine in Chapter 12:4
Teamwork is important in any health care of this textbook to search the Internet for addi-
career. Interdisciplinary health care teams pro- tional information on the following topics:
vide quality holistic health care to every patient.
1. Uniform companies: search “uniform suppli-
Teamwork improves communication and conti-
ers” to locate companies that sell professional
nuity of care. A picture of the patient’s total care
uniforms and compare styles, prices, and so
plan is clear when the role of each team member
forth.
is known. For a team to function effectively, it
needs a qualified leader, good interpersonal re- 2. Professional characteristics: choose a specific
lationships, ways to avoid or deal with conflict, health care career and search for career
positive attitudes, and respect for legal respon- descriptions; list the required personal quali-
sibilities. Effective teams are the result of hard ties or characteristics necessary for the career
work, patience, commitment, and practice. you have chosen.
Leadership is a skill that can be learned 3. Communication: search for information on
by mastering the characteristics of a leader. A listening skills, nonverbal communication, and
leader may or may not be a supervisor; any mem- the communication process.
ber of a group that contributes to the group’s
goals can be considered a leader. Of the three 4. Leadership: search for information on types
types of leaders—democratic, laissez-faire, and and characteristics of leaders; evaluate which
autocratic—the democratic leader is the most types would be most effective in guiding a
effective for group interaction. health care team.
Stress is a component in every individual’s 5. Stress: search for information on stress and
life. Stress can be good or bad, depending on the stress-reducing techniques.
person’s perception of and reaction to the stress.
By being aware of the causes of stress, learning 6. Time management: search for information on
how to respond when a stress reaction occurs, time management.
solving problems to eliminate stress, and prac-
ticing techniques to reduce the effect of stress,
an individual can deal with stress and even ben- REVIEW QUESTIONS
efit from it.
Time management is a system of practi- 1. What five (5) main factors contribute to good
cal skills that allow an individual to use time in health?
the most effective and productive way possible.
2. Identify eight (8) specific principles that must
It involves analyzing how one actually uses the
be followed for a professional appearance.
time available, establishing short- and long-
term goals, prioritizing tasks that must be ac- 3. Create a personal description of yourself
complished, identifying habits and preferences, showing why you display at least six (6) of the
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
102 CHAPTER 4
personal characteristics desired in a health 8. List six (6) characteristics of an effective leader.
care worker.
9. Identify the three (3) types of leaders and
4. Why is it important to observe both verbal and describe their style of leadership.
nonverbal communication? Create a specific
10. Identify at least one major stress in your life.
example of a situation showing how both
List the steps of the problem-solving method
verbal and nonverbal communication convey a
and then apply the stressor you have chosen to
message.
each of the steps. Identify at least three (3)
5. List five (5) factors that can interfere with the courses of action that you can take.
communication process. Give two (2) specific
11. List six (6) stress-reducing techniques that you
examples for each factor.
find beneficial. State why they help you reduce
6. Differentiate between objective and subjective stress.
observations. List two (2) examples for each
12. Differentiate between short- and long-term
type of observation.
goals. How are they related? How are they
7. A patient is admitted to a hospital to give birth different?
to her baby. Identify at least ten (10) health care
13. What are the main goals of time management?
professionals who may be on the team that
provide her care. Review the many careers in
Chapter 3 to prepare your list.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
CHAPTER 5 Legal and Ethical
Responsibilities
Chapter Objectives
After completing this chapter,
you should be able to:
Observe Standard
Precautions
◆ Provide one example of a situation that might
result in legal action for each of the following:
malpractice; negligence; assault and battery;
Instructor’s Check—Call invasion of privacy; false imprisonment;
Instructor at This Point abuse; and defamation
◆ Describe how contract laws affect health care
Safety—Proceed with
Caution
◆ Define privileged communications and explain
how they apply to health care
◆ State the legal regulations that apply to health
OBRA Requirement—Based
on Federal Law
care records
◆ Define HIPAA and explain how it provides
confidentiality for health care information
Math Skill
◆ List at least six basic rules of ethics for health
care personnel
Legal Responsibility
◆ List at least six rights of the patient who is
receiving health care
Science Skill
◆ Justify at least eight professional standards by
explaining how they help meet legal/ethical
Career Information requirements
◆ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms
Communications Skill
Technology
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
104 CHAPTER 5
KEY TERMS
abuse Durable Power of Attorney living wills
advance directives (POA) malpractice
agent ethics (eth"-iks) negligence (neg"-lih-gents)
assault and battery expressed contracts Patient Self-Determination
civil law false imprisonment Act (PSDA)
confidentiality (con!-fih-den- health care records Patient’s Bill of Rights
chee!-ahl"-ih-tee) implied contracts patients’ rights
contract informed consent privileged communications
criminal law invasion of privacy Resident’s Bill of Rights
defamation legal slander
(deff!-ah-may"-shun) legal disability tort
Designation of Health Care libel (ly"-bull)
Surrogate
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Legal and Ethical Responsibilities 105
patient has a puncture wound, or a nurse per- sent is permission granted voluntarily by a
forming minor surgery without having any person who is of sound mind after the proce-
training. dure and all risks involved have been explained
♦ Negligence: Negligence can be described as in terms the person can understand. It is
failure to give care that is normally expected of important to remember that a person has the
a person in a particular position, resulting in right to withdraw consent at any time. There-
injury to another person. Examples include fore, all procedures must be explained to the
falls and injuries that occur when siderails are patient, and no procedure should be per-
left down (figure 5-1), using or not reporting formed if the patient does not give consent.
defective equipment, infections caused by the ♦ Invasion of privacy : Invasion of privacy
use of nonsterile instruments and/or supplies, includes unnecessarily exposing an individual
and burns caused by improper heat or radia- or revealing personal information about an
tion treatments. individual without that person’s consent.
♦ Assault and battery : Assault includes a Examples include improperly draping or cov-
threat or attempt to injure, and battery ering a patient during a procedure so that
includes the unlawful touching of another other patients or personnel can see the patient
person without consent. They are closely exposed; sending information regarding a
related and often used together. Examples of patient to an insurance company without the
assault and battery include performing a pro- patient’s written permission; or informing the
cedure after a patient has refused to give per- news media of a patient’s condition without
mission, threatening a patient, and improper the patient’s permission.
handling or rough treatment of a patient while ♦ False imprisonment: False imprisonment
providing care. refers to restraining an individual or restrict-
It is important to remember that patients ing an individual’s freedom. Examples include
must give consent for any care, and that they keeping patients hospitalized against their
have the right to refuse care. Some procedures will, or applying physical restraints without
or practices require written consent from the proper authorization or with no justification.
patient. Examples can include surgery, certain It is important to remember that patients
diagnostic tests, experimental procedures, have the right to leave a hospital or health care
treatment of minors (individuals younger than facility without a physician’s permission. If
legal age, which varies from state to state), and this occurs, the patient is usually asked to sign
even simple things such as siderail releases for an AMA (Against Medical Advice) form. If the
a patient who wants siderails left down when patient refuses to sign the form, this must be
other factors indicate siderails should be up to documented in the patient record and the
protect the patient. Verbal consent is permit- physician must be notified.
ted in other cases, but the law states that this Physical restraints, devices used to limit a
must be “informed consent.” Informed con- patient’s movements, are discussed in detail
in Chapter 21:12. They should be used only to
protect patients from harming themselves or
others and when all other measures to control
the situation have failed. A physician’s order
must be obtained before they are used, and
strict guidelines must be observed while they
are in use.
♦ Abuse: Abuse includes any care that results in
physical harm, pain, or mental anguish. Exam-
ples of types of abuse include:
♦ Physical abuse: hitting, forcing people against
FIGURE 5-1 A nurse assistant could be charged their will, restraining movement, depriving
with negligence if a patient is injured by falling out of people of food or water, and/or not providing
bed because siderails are not raised. physical care
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
106 CHAPTER 5
♦ Verbal abuse: speaking harshly, swearing or ernment agency when laboratory results are inac-
shouting, using inappropriate words to curate, telling others that a person has a drug
describe a person’s race or nationality, and/or problem when another medical condition actually
writing threats or abusive statements exists, or saying that a co-worker is incompetent.
♦ Psychological abuse: threatening harm; deny-
ing rights; belittling, intimidating, or ridicul-
ing the person; and/or threatening to reveal
information about the person
CONTRACTS
♦ Sexual abuse: any unwanted sexual touching In addition to tort laws, contract laws also affect
or act, using sexual gestures, and/or suggest- health care. A contract is an agreement between
ing sexual behavior two or more parties. Most contracts have three
parts:
Patients may experience abuse before enter-
♦ Offer: a competent individual enters into a
ing a health care facility. Domestic abuse occurs
relationship with a health care provider and
when an intimate partner uses threatening,
offers to be a patient
manipulative, aggressive, or violent behavior to
maintain power and control over another person. ♦ Acceptance: the health care provider gives an
If abuse is directed toward a child, it is child appointment or examines or treats the
abuse. If it is directed toward an older person, it is patient
elder abuse. Health care providers must be alert ♦ Consideration: the payment made by the
to the signs and symptoms that may indicate patient for the services provided
patients in their care are victims of abuse. These
Contracts in health care are implied or
may include:
expressed. Implied contracts are those obliga-
♦ unexplained bruises, fractures, burns, or inju- tions that are understood without verbally
ries expressed terms. For example, when a qualified
health worker prepares a medication and a
♦ signs of neglect such as poor personal
patient takes the medication, it is implied that
hygiene
the patient accepts this treatment. Expressed
♦ irrational fears or a change in personality contracts are stated in distinct and clear lan-
♦ aggressive or withdrawn behavior guage, either orally or in writing. An example is a
♦ patient statements that indicate abuse or surgery permit. Promises of care must be kept.
neglect Therefore, all risks associated with treatment
must be explained completely to the patient (fig-
Many of the other torts can lead to charges of ure 5-2).
abuse, or a charge of abuse can occur alone. Laws All parties entering into a contract must be
in all states require that any form of abuse be free of legal disability. A person who has a legal
reported to the proper authorities. Even though disability does not have the legal capacity to form
the signs and symptoms do not always mean a a contract. Examples of people with legal disabil-
person is being abused, their presence indicates ities are minors (individuals under legal age),
a need for further investigation. Health care work- mentally incompetent persons, individuals under
ers are required to report any signs or symptoms the influence of drugs that alter the mental state,
of abuse to their immediate supervisor or to the and semiconscious or unconscious people. In
individual in the health care facility responsible such cases, parents, guardians, or others permit-
for reporting the suspicions to the proper author- ted by law must form the contract for the indi-
ities. vidual.
Defamation: Defamation occurs when false A contract requires that certain standards of
statements either cause a person to be ridiculed or care be provided by competent, qualified indi-
damage the person’s reputation. Incorrect infor- viduals. If the contract is not performed accord-
mation given out in error can result in defamation. ing to agreement, the contract is breached. Failure
If the information is spoken, it is slander; if it is to provide care and/or giving improper care on
written, it is libel. Examples include reporting the part of the health provider, or failure on the
that a patient has an infectious disease to a gov- part of the patient to pay according to the consid-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Legal and Ethical Responsibilities 107
PRIVILEGED
COMMUNICATIONS
Privileged communications are another
important aspect of legal responsibility. Priv-
ileged communications comprise all information
given to health care personnel by a patient; by law,
this information must be kept confidential and
shared only with other members of the patient’s
health care team. It cannot be told to anyone else
without the written consent of the patient. The
consent should state what information is to be
released, to whom the information should be
given, and any applicable time limits. Certain
information is exempt by law and must be reported.
Examples of exempt information are births and
deaths; injuries caused by violence (such as assault
and battery, abuse, stabbings) that may require
police involvement; drug abuse; communicable
FIGURE 5-2 All risks of treatment must be
diseases; and sexually transmitted diseases.
explained to a patient before asking the patient for
permission to administer treatment.
Health care records are also considered
privileged communications. Such records
contain information about the care provided to
the patient. Although such records belong to the
eration, can be considered breach of contract and health care provider (for example, the physician,
cause for legal action. dentist, hospital, long-term care facility), the
To comply with legal mandates, an inter- patient has a right to obtain a copy of any infor-
preter/translator must be used when a con- mation in the record. Health care records can be
tract is explained to a non-English-speaking used as legal records in a court of law. Erasures
individual. In addition, many states require the are therefore not allowed on such records. Errors
use of interpreter services for individuals who are should be crossed out with a single line so mate-
deaf or hard of hearing. Most health care agen- rial is still readable. Correct information should
cies have a list of interpreters who can be used in then be inserted, initialed, and dated. If neces-
these situations. At times, an English-speaking sary, an explanation for the correction should
relative or friend of the patient can also serve as also be provided. Health care records must be
an interpreter. properly maintained, kept confidential, and
A final important consideration in contract retained for the amount of time required by state
law is the role of the agent. When a person works law (figure 5-3). When records are destroyed after
under the direction or control of another person, the legal time for retention, they should be burned
the employer is called the principal, and the or shredded to maintain confidentiality.
person working under the employer is called The growing use of computerized records has
the agent. The principal is responsible for the created a dilemma in maintaining confidentiality
actions of the agent and can be required to pay or (figure 5-4). In a large health care facility such as a
otherwise compensate people who have been hospital, many different individuals may have
injured by the agent. For example, if a dental access to a patient’s records. For this reason, health
assistant tells a patient “your dentures will look care providers are creating safeguards to maintain
better than your real teeth,” the dentist may have computer confidentiality. Some examples include
to compensate the patient financially should this limiting personnel who have access to such
statement prove false. Health care workers should records, using codes to prevent access to certain
therefore be aware of their role as agents of their information, requiring passwords to access spe-
employers and work to protect the interests of cific information on records, and constantly mon-
their employers. itoring and evaluating computer use.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
108 CHAPTER 5
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Legal and Ethical Responsibilities 109
FIGURE 5-5 Example of a Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) required form
providing consent to the use and disclosure of health information.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
110 CHAPTER 5
♦ given the right to state who has access to their Health care providers must be aware of these
information, and even limit providing infor- standards and make every effort to protect the
mation to their family privacy and confidentiality of a patient’s health
care information.
♦ provided with information on how to file a
complaint against a health care provider who
violates the privacy act
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Legal and Ethical Responsibilities 111
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
112 CHAPTER 5
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Legal and Ethical Responsibilities 113
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
114 CHAPTER 5
PRINT THE DATE Declaration made this _______ __ day of _________________, ________,
(day) (month) (year)
Name:
__________________________________
PRINT THE NAME,
HOME ADDRESS
AND TELEPHONE Address: __________________________________
NUMBER OF YOUR
SURROGATE _______________________________________ Zip Code: __________________________________
© 2005 National
Phone:
Hospice and __________________________________
Palliative Care
Organization
2006 Revised
SIGN THE I understand the full import of this declaration, and I am emotionally and
DOCUMENT mentally competent to make this declaration.
Signed:
________________________
WITNESSING Witness 1:
PROCEDURE
Signed: ________________________
Address: ________________________
TWO WITNESSES
MUST SIGN AND
PRINT THEIR Witness 2:
ADDRESSES
Signed: ________________________
Address: ________________________
© 2005 National
Hospice and Courtesy of Caring Connections
Palliative Care 1700 Diagonal Road, Suite 625, Alexandria, VA 22314
Organization www.caringinfo. , 800/658-8898
2006 Revised
FIGURE 5-9 A living will is a legal document that FIGURE 5-10 A designation of health care
allows an individual to state what measures should surrogate is a legal document that allows an indi-
or should not be taken to prolong life. (Copyright © vidual to appoint another person to make health
2005 National Hospice and Palliative Care Organi- care decisions if the individual is unable to make his
zation. All rights reserved. Reproduction and or her own decisions. (Copyright © 2005 National
distribution by an organization or organized group Hospice and Palliative Care Organization. All rights
without the written permission of the National reserved. Reproduction and distribution by an
Hospice and Palliative Care Organization is organization or organized group without the written
expressly forbidden. For more information, please permission of the National Hospice and Palliative
visit our Web site at www.caringinfo.org) Care Organization is expressly forbidden. For
more information, please visit our Web site at
www.caringinfo.org)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Legal and Ethical Responsibilities 115
health care facilities receiving any type of federal ♦ Use approved, correct methods while perform-
aid comply with the following requirements: ing any procedure. Follow specific methods
♦ Inform every adult, both orally and in writing, taught by qualified instructors in educational
of their right under state law to make deci- facilities, or observe and learn procedures
sions concerning medical care, including the from your employer or authorized personnel.
right to refuse treatment and right-to-die Most health care agencies have an approved
options procedure manual that explains the step-by-
step methods for performing tasks. Use this
♦ Provide information and assistance in prepar- manual or read the manufacturer’s instruc-
ing advance directives
tions on specific equipment or supplies.
♦ Document any advance directives on the ♦ Obtain proper authorization before perform-
patient’s record
ing any procedure. In some health careers, you
♦ Provide written statements to implement the will obtain authorization directly from the
patient’s rights in the decision-making pro- doctor, therapist, or individual in charge of a
cess patient’s care. In other careers, you will obtain
♦ Affirm that there will be no discrimination or authorization by checking written orders (fig-
effect on care because of advance directives ure 5-11). In careers where you have neither
access to patients’ records nor direct contact
♦ Educate the staff on the medical and legal with the individuals in charge of care, an
issues of advance directives
immediate supervisor will interpret orders
The PSDA ensures that patients are informed and then direct you to perform procedures.
of their rights and have the opportunity to deter- ♦ Identify the patient. In some health care agen-
mine the care they will receive. cies, patients wear identification bands. If this
All health care workers must be aware of and is the case, check this name band (figure
honor advance or legal directives. In addition, 5-12). In addition, state the patient’s name
health care workers should give serious consider- clearly, repeating it if necessary. For example,
ation to preparing their own advance directives. say “Miss Jones?” followed by “Miss Sandra
Jones?” to be sure you have the correct patient.
5:5 INFORMATION Some health care facilities now use bar codes
on patient identification bands. A scanner is
Professional Standards
Legal responsibilities, ethics, patients’ rights, and
advance directives all help determine the type of
care provided by health care workers. By follow-
ing certain standards at all times, you can protect
yourself, your employer, and the patient. Some of
the basic standards are as follows:
♦ Perform only those procedures for which you
have been trained and are legally permitted to
do. Never perform any procedure unless you
are qualified. The necessary training may be
obtained from an educational facility, from
your employer, or in special classes provided by
an agency. If you are asked to perform any pro-
cedure for which you are not qualified, it is
your responsibility to state that you have not
been trained and to refuse to do it until you
receive the required instruction. If you are not
legally permitted to either perform a procedure
or to sign documents, it is your responsibility to FIGURE 5-11 Obtain proper authorization before
refuse to do so because of legal limitations. performing any procedure on a patient.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
116 CHAPTER 5
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Legal and Ethical Responsibilities 117
basic standards listed, you will protect yourself, two or more parties. Contracts create obliga-
your employer, and the patient to whom you pro- tions that must be met by all involved individu-
vide health care. als. If a contract is not performed according to
agreement, the contract is breached, and legal
STUDENT: Go to the workbook and complete action can occur.
the assignment sheet for Chapter 5, Legal and Eth- Understanding privileged communications
ical Responsibilities. is another important aspect of legal responsibili-
ties. A health care worker must be aware that all
information given by a patient is confidential and
CHAPTER 5 SUMMARY should not be told to anyone other than mem-
bers of the patient’s health care team without
the written consent of the patient. Health care
All health care workers have legal and ethical records are also privileged communications and
responsibilities that exist to protect the health can be used as legal records in a court of law.
care worker and employer, and to provide for the Ethical responsibilities are based not on law,
safety and well-being of the patient. but rather, on what is morally right or wrong.
Legal responsibilities in health care usually Most health care occupations each have an estab-
involve torts and contracts. Torts are wrongful lished code of ethics that provides a standard of
acts that do not involve contracts. Examples of conduct or code of behavior. Health care workers
torts that can lead to legal action include mal- should make every effort to abide by the codes of
practice, negligence, assault and battery, inva- ethics established for their given professions.
sion of privacy, false imprisonment, abuse, and Health care workers must respect patients’
defamation. A contract is an agreement between rights. Health care agencies have written poli-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
118 CHAPTER 5
cies concerning the factors of care that patients care surrogate or durable power of attorney for
can expect to receive. All personnel must respect health care; compare the different forms.
and honor these rights. 7. Patient Self Determination Act of 1990 : locate a
Advance directives for health care are legal copy of this act or information on the purposes
documents that allow individuals to state what of this act (Hint: check federal legislation Web
medical treatment they want or do not want in sites).
the event that they become incapacitated. Two
main examples are a living will and a Designa- 8. Insurance: search for different types of liability
tion of Health Care Surrogate or Durable Power insurance for health care providers; determine
of Attorney for Health Care. As a result of a feder- what different policies cover and their cost.
al law called the Patient Self-Determination Act
(PSDA), any health care facility receiving federal
funds must provide patients with information REVIEW QUESTIONS
regarding and assistance in preparing advance
or legal directives. 1. Choose a specific health care profession (i.e.,
Professional standards of care help provide dental hygienist, physical therapist) and create
guidelines for meeting legal responsibilities, eth- a situation where this individual might be
ics, and patients’ rights. Every health care worker subject to legal action for each of the following
should follow these standards at all times. In ad- torts: malpractice, negligence, assault, battery,
dition, all health care workers should know and invasion of privacy, false imprisonment, abuse,
follow the state laws that regulate their respec- and defamation.
tive occupations.
2. Differentiate between slander and libel.
3. What is the difference between an implied
INTERNET SEARCHES contract and an expressed contract?
Use the suggested search engines in Chapter 12:4 4. You are employed as a geriatric assistant. A
of this textbook to search the Internet for addi- resident tells you that he is saving sleeping pills
tional information on the following topics: so he can commit suicide. He has terminal
cancer and is in a great deal of pain. What
1. Torts: search for additional information or
should you do? Why?
actual legal cases involving malpractice,
negligence, assault and battery, invasion of 5. What is HIPAA? Identify three (3) specific ways
privacy, false imprisonment, and defamation. that HIPAA protects the privacy and confiden-
tiality of health care information.
2. Abuse: research domestic violence or abuse,
child abuse, and elder abuse to determine how 6. Obtain at least two different codes of ethics for
victims might react, signs and symptoms indic- health professions by contacting professional
ative of abuse, and information on how to help organizations or searching the Internet.
these victims. Compare the codes of ethics.
3. Contracts: search for information on compo- 7. Mr. Gonzales is a healthy 55-year-old man with
nents of a contract and legal cases in health a living will that contains a DNR (Do Not
care caused by a breach of contract. Resuscitate) order for terminal conditions. He
goes into cardiac arrest as a result of an allergic
4. Ethics: use Internet addresses for professional
reaction to an injection of dye for a laboratory
organizations (see Chapter 3) to find two or
test. Should cardiopulmonary resuscitation
three different codes of ethics; compare and
(CPR) be started? Why or why not?
contrast the codes of ethics.
8. How does a living will differ from a Designation
5. Patient’s rights: search for complete copies of a
of Health Care Surrogate?
patient’s or resident’s bill of rights; compare
and contrast the different bills of rights (Hint: 9. List five (5) different patient or resident rights.
check American Hospital Association Web site).
10. Identify six (6) professional standards by
6. Advance directives: search for different examples explaining why they are important to meet legal
of a living will and/or a designation of health responsibilities, ethics, and/or patient’s rights.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
CHAPTER 6 Medical
Terminology
Chapter Objectives
After completing this chapter,
you should be able to:
Observe Standard
Precautions
◆ Identify basic medical abbreviations selected
from a standard list
◆ Define prefixes, suffixes, and word roots
Instructor’s Check—Call
Instructor at This Point
selected from a list of words
◆ Spell and pronounce medical terms correctly
Safety—Proceed with ◆ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms
Caution
OBRA Requirement—Based
on Federal Law
Math Skill
Legal Responsibility
Science Skill
Career Information
Communications Skill
Technology
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
120 CHAPTER 6
KEY TERMS
abbreviations suffix word roots
prefix
6:1 INFORMATION
lewis & king, md
Using Medical Abbreviations L&K 2501 center street
northborough, oh 12345
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Medical Terminology 121
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
122 CHAPTER 6
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Medical Terminology 123
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
124 CHAPTER 6
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Medical Terminology 125
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
126 CHAPTER 6
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Medical Terminology 127
TO telephone order
tol tolerated Y
TPN total parenteral nutrition
y/o years old
TPR temperature, pulse, respiration
YOB year of birth
tr, tinct tincture
yr year
TSH thyroid-stimulating hormone
tsp teaspoon
TUR transurethral resection
TWE tap water enema Z
tx traction, treatment, transplant Zn zinc
U MISCELLANEOUS
UA, U/A urinalysis SYMBOLS
ung ointment
Ur, ur urine *! greater than
URI upper respiratory infection *" less than
UTI urinary tract infection ↑ higher, elevate, or up
UV ultraviolet ↓ lower or down
# pound or number
*! dram
*!–
V #
ounce
foot or minute
Vag vaginal $ inch or second
VD venereal disease º degree
VDM Veterinarian Degree of Medicine " or F female
VDRL serology for syphilis, Venereal # or M male
Disease Research Laboratory I or i or Ṫ one
VO verbal order II or ii or ṪṪ two
Vol volume V five
vp venipuncture, venous pressure X ten
VS vital signs (TPR & BP) L fifty
C one hundred
D five hundred
W M one thousand
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
128 CHAPTER 6
A word is often a combination of different meaning enlarged, the vowel o is added for hepa-
parts. The parts include prefixes, suffixes, and tomegaly.
word roots (see figure 6-2). By learning basic prefixes, suffixes, and word
A prefix can be defined as a syllable or word roots, you will frequently be able to interpret the
placed at the beginning of a word. A suffix can be meaning of a word even when you have never
defined as a syllable or word placed at the end of before encountered the word. A list of common
the word. prefixes, suffixes, and word roots follows. An
The meanings of prefixes and suffixes are set. example of a medical term using the word part
For example, the suffix itis means “inflammation and the meaning of the medical term is also pro-
of.” Tonsillitis means “an inflammation of the vided. In addition, the prefixes, suffixes, and word
tonsils,” and appendicitis means “an inflamma- roots for parts of the human body are shown in
tion of the appendix.” Note that the meaning of figure 6-3.
the suffix is usually placed first when the word is Learn the prefixes, suffixes, and word roots in
defined. the following way:
Word roots can be defined as main words or
parts to which prefixes and suffixes can be added. ♦ Use a set of index cards to make flashcards of
In the example appendicitis, the word root is the word parts found on the prefix, suffix, and
appendix. By adding the prefix pseudo-, which word root list. Place one prefix, suffix, or word
means “false,” and the suffix itis, which means root on each card. Put the word part on the
“inflammation of,” the word becomes pseudoap- front of the card and the meaning of the word
pendicitis. This is interpreted as a “false inflam- part on the back of the card. Ensure that each
mation of the appendix.” is spelled correctly.
The prefix usually serves to further define the
word root. The suffix usually describes what is ♦ Use the flashcards to learn the meanings of
happening to the word root. the word parts. A realistic goal is to learn one
When prefixes, suffixes, and/or word roots letter per week. For example, learn all word
are joined together, vowels are frequently added. parts starting with the letter A the first week,
Common examples include a, e, i, ia, io, o, and u. all of those starting with B the second week, all
These are listed in parentheses in the lists that of those starting with C the third week, and so
follow. The vowels are not used if the word root or on until all are learned. Practice correct spell-
suffix begins with a vowel. For example, encephal ing of all of the word parts.
(o) means brain. When it is combined with itis ♦ Follow your instructor’s guidelines for tests
meaning inflammation of, the vowel is not used on the word parts. Many instructors give
for encephalitis. When it is combined with gram, weekly tests. The tests may be cumulative.
meaning tracing or record, the vowel o is added They may cover the letter of the week plus
for encephalogram. Hepat (o) means liver. When any letters learned in previous weeks. Words
it is combined with itis, the vowel is not used for may be presented that use the various word
hepatitis. When it is combined with megaly, parts.
FIGURE 6-2 Prefixes, suffixes, and word roots can be used to interpret the meaning of a word.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Medical Terminology 129
head (cephal/o)
skull (crani/o)
(ophthalm/o; ocul/o) eye
brain (cerebr/o; encephal/o)
(blephar/o) eyelid
(nas/o; rhin/o) nose
spinal cord (myel/o)
(or/o; stomat/o) mouth
neck (cervic/o)
(pharyng/o) throat
(esophag/o) esophagus
thyroid gland (thyroid/o)
joint (arthr/o)
(trache/o) windpipe; trachea
FIGURE 6-3 The prefixes, suffixes, and word roots for parts of the human body.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
130 CHAPTER 6
A
a-, an- without, lack of a/pnea without or lack of breathing
ab- from, away ab/duct to move away from the body
-ac, -ic pertaining to cardi/ac pertaining to the heart
acr- (o) extremities (arms and legs) acro/cyan/osis condition of blueness of the extremities
ad- to, toward, near ad/duct to move toward the body
aden- (o) gland, glandular adeno/cele a tumor of a gland
adren- (o) adrenal gland adreno/pathy disease of the adrenal gland
aer- (o) air aero/cele a cavity or pouch swollen with gas or air
-al like, similar, pertaining to neur/al pertaining to a nerve
alba-, albi- white albi/no an organism deficient in pigment, white
alges- (i, ia) pain algesi/meter instrument for measuring pain
-algia pain my/algia muscle pain
ambi- both, both sides ambi/lateral both sides
an- (o, us) anus (opening to rectum) ano/scope an instrument for examining the anus and
rectum
angi- (o) vessel angio/pathy disease of blood vessels
ankyl- crooked, looped, immovable, fixed ankyl/osis stiffness or fixation of a joint
ante- (ro) before, in front of, ahead of ante/partum before labor or childbirth
anti- against anti/bacterial against bacteria
append- (i, o) appendix append/ectomy surgical removal of the appendix
arter- (io) artery aterio/gram tracing or picture of the arteries
arthr- (o) joint arthr/itis inflammation of a joint
-ase enzyme peptid/ase an enzyme that aids in the digestion of
proteins
-asis condition of chole/lithi/asis condition of stones in the gallbladder
-asthenia weakness, lack of strength my/asthenia weakness in a muscle
ather- (o) fatty, lipid athero/sclerosis a fatty hardening
audi- (o) sound, hearing audio/meter an instrument to measure sound or hearing
aur- ear aur/al pertaining to the ear
auto- self auto/phobia a fear of being by oneself or alone
B
bi- (s) twice, double, both bi/lateral two sides
bio- life bio/logy study of science of life
-blast germ/embryonic cell hemo/cyto/blast an embryonic or stem cell for blood cells
blephar- (o) eyelid blepharo/plasty plastic surgery on an eyelid
brachi- arm brachi/algia arm pain
brachy- short brachy/dactyl/ic condition of having short fingers
brady- slow brady/cardia slow heart
bronch- (i, o) air tubes in lungs bronch/itis inflammation of the air tubes in the lungs
bucc- (a, o) cheek bucco/lingu/al pertaining to the cheek and tongue
C
calc- (u, ulus) stone calcul/osis condition of having a stone
carcin- (o) cancer, malignancy carcin/oma cancerous tumor
cardi- (a, o) pertaining to heart cardi/ologist physician who studies and treats heart
disease
carp- (o) wrist carp/itis inflammation of the wrist
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Medical Terminology 131
D
dacry- (o) tear duct, tear dacryo/cyst/itis inflammation of the lacrimal (tear duct) sac
dactyl- (o) finger, toe dactyl/oscopy the scientific study of fingerprints
dec- (a, i) ten deci/meter tenth part of a meter (unit of
measurement)
dent- (i, o) tooth dent/al pertaining to teeth
derm- (a, at, o) pertaining to skin dermat/itis inflammation of the skin
-desis surgical union or fixation arthro/desis surgical immobilization of a joint to allow
the bones to grow together
dextr- (i, o) to the right dextro/ocular right eye
di- (plo) double, twice diplo/coccus two round circles
dia- through, between, part dia/dermal cutting through the skin
dis- (ti, to) separation, away from dis/infect to separate or free from infection
dors- (i, o) to the back, back dors/al pertaining to the back
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
132 CHAPTER 6
E
e- (c) without e/dentu/lous condition of being without teeth
ec- (ti, to) outside, external ecto/genous capable of developing away from the host
-ectasis expansion, dilation, stretching bronchi/ectasis dilation or expansion of air tubes in lungs
-ectomy surgical removal of tonsil/ectomy surgical removal of the tonsils
electr- (o) electrical electro/cardio/gram recording of electrical activity in the heart
-emesis vomit hemat/emesis vomiting blood
-emia blood glyc/emia sugar in the blood
encephal- (o) brain encephal/itis inflammation of the brain
endo- within, innermost endo/crine secrete within
enter- (i, o) intestine enter/itis inflammation of the intestine
epi- upon, over, upper epi/gastric above the stomach
erythro- red erythro/cyte red (blood) cell
-esis condition of par/esis condition of paralysis
-esthesia sensation, perception, feel an/esthesia without feeling
eu- well, easy, normal eu/pnea normal respiration or breathing
ex- (o) outside of, beyond exo/path/ic disease that originates outside the body
F
faci- face facio/plegia paralysis of the face
-fascia (l) fibrous band myo/fascial muscle fiber
fibr- (a, i, o) fiber, connective tissue fibr/oma tumor of fibrous tissue
fore- in front of fore/arm the front part of the arm
-form having the form of, shape uni/form one shape or form
-fuge driving away, expelling centri/fuge driving away from the center
G
galacto- milk, galactose (milk sugar) galact/orrhea flow of milk
gast- (i, ro) stomach gastr/itis inflammation of the stomach
-genesis development, production, creation fibro/genesis the development of fibrous tissue
-genetic, -genic origin, producing, causing cyto/genic origin of cells
genito- organs of reproduction genito/urinary organs of reproductive and urinary
systems
-genous kind, type exo/genous outside kind or type
geront- (o) old age, elderly geront/ology study of the elderly
gingiv- gums, gingiva gingiv/itis inflammation of the gums
gloss- (o) tongue glosso/graph instrument for recording movements of the
tongue
gluc- (o) sweetness, sugar, glucose gluco/lipid sugar fat
gly- (c, co) sugar glyc/emia sugar in the blood
-gram tracing, picture, record electro/cardio/gram tracing of the electrical activity in the
heart
-graph diagram, instrument for recording electro/cardio/graph instrument for recording electrical activity
in the heart
gyn- (ec, o) woman, female gynec/ology the study of women
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Medical Terminology 133
H
hem- (a, ato, o) blood hemat/ology study of the blood
hemi- half hemi/plegia paralysis on half of the body
hepat- (o) liver hepat/itis inflammation of the liver
herni- rupture hernio/plasty surgical repair of a rupture
hetero- other, unlike, different hetero/genous different kind or type
hist- (o) tissue hist/ologist person who studies tissue
hom- (eo, o) same, like homeo/stasis maintaining a constant level
hydro- water hydro/therapy water treatment
hyper- excessive, high, over, increased, hyper/tension high blood pressure
more than normal
hypno- sleep hypno/sis process of sleep
hypo- decreased, deficient, low, under, hypo/tension low blood pressure
less than normal
hyster- (o) uterus hyster/ectomy surgical removal of the uterus
I
-ia, -iasis condition of, abnormal/ pneumon/ia abnormal condition of the lung
pathological state
-ic, -ac pertaining to thorac/ic pertaining to the chest
idio- peculiar to an individual, idio/pathic disease arising by itself or from an
self-originating unknown cause
ile- (o, um) ileum ileo/stomy creating an artificial opening into the ileum
infra- beneath, below infra/sonic sound waves below the frequency of the
human ear
inter- between, among inter/costal between the ribs
intra- within, into, inside intra/ven/ous into a vein
-ism condition, theory, state of being albin/ism condition of being white
iso- equal, alike, same iso/chromatic constant or same color
-itis inflammation, inflammation of pharyng/itis inflammation of the throat
K
kerat- (o) cornea of eye kerato/meter instrument to measure the curvature of the
cornea
-kinesis, -kinetic motion dys/kinetic difficult movement
L
labi- (a, o) lip labio/lingual pertaining to the lips and tongue
lacrima- tears lacrima/tion secretion of tears
lact- (o) milk lacto/genesis production of milk
lapar- (o) abdomen, abdominal wall lapar/otomy cutting into the abdomen
laryng- (o) larynx (voicebox) laryng/itis inflammation of the voicebox
latero- (al) side ambi/lateral both sides
-lepsy seizure, convulsion narco/lepsy sleep seizure
leuco-, leuko- white leuko/cyte white (blood) cell
lingu- (a, o) tongue lingu/al pertaining to the tongue
lip- (o) fat, lipids lipo/cyte fat cell
lith- (o) stone, calculus litho/tripsy crushing a stone
-logy study of, science of bio/logy study or science of life
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
134 CHAPTER 6
M
macro- large macro/cyte large cell
mal- bad, abnormal, disordered, poor mal/nutrition poor nutrition
malac- (ia) softening of a tissue malac/ia tissue softening
mamm- (o) breast, mammary glands mammo/gram radiographic (X-ray) image of the breast
-mania insanity, mental disorder pyro/mania individual with the insane desire to start
fires
mast- (o) breast masto/pathy disorder of the breast
med- (i, io) middle, midline medio/carpal in the middle of or between the two rows of
carpals (wrist bones)
-megaly, mega- large, enlarged cardio/megaly enlarged heart
melan- (o) black melan/oma black cancer
mening- (o) membranes covering the brain mening/itis inflammation of the membranes of the
and spinal cord brain and spinal cord
meno- monthly, menstruation meno/rrhea monthly flow or discharge
mes- (o) middle, midline meso/cephal/ic condition of having a head of medium
proportions
-meter measuring instrument, measure urino/meter instrument to measure (specific gravity of)
urine
-metry measurement audio/metry measurement of hearing acuity
micro- small micro/scope instrument to examine small things
mono- one, single mono/cyte single cell
-mortem death post/mortem after death
muc- (o, us) mucus, secretion of mucous muco/static stopping the secretion of mucus
membrane
multi- many, much, a large amount multi/para woman who has borne more than one child
my- (o) muscle my/algia muscle pain
myc- (o) fungus myco/cide substance that kills fungus
myel- (o) bone marrow, spinal cord myelo/blast bone marrow cell
myring- (o) eardrum, tympanic membrane myring/otomy cutting into the eardrum
N
narc- (o) sleep, numb, stupor narco/lepsy sleep seizure
nas- (o) nose nas/al pertaining to the nose
-natal birth pre/natal before birth
necr- (o) death necr/osis condition or process of death
neo- new neo/natal newborn (infant)
neph- (r, ro) kidney nephro/lith kidney stone
neur- (o) nerve, nervous system neur/algia nerve pain
noct- (i) night, at night noct/uria urination at night
non- no, none non/toxic not poison
O
ocul- (o) eye oculo/graph machine to measure eye (movement)
odont- (o) tooth odont/algia pain in a tooth, toothache
olig- (o) few, less than normal, small olig/uria less than normal (amounts of) urine
-ologist person who does/studies radi/ologist person who studies radiographs
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Medical Terminology 135
P
pan- all, complete, entire pan/ater/itis inflammation of all layers of an artery
pancreat- (o) pancreas pancreat/itis inflammation of the pancreas
para- near, beside, beyond, abnormal, para/plegia paralysis of the lower half of the body
lower half of the body
-paresis paralysis hemi/paresis paralysis on one side of the body
-partum birth, labor post/partum after birth
path- (ia, o, y) disease, abnormal condition path/ology study of disease
ped- (ia) child pedia/tric pertaining to children
-penia lack of, abnormal reduction in erythro/cyto/penia deficiency of red blood cells
number, deficiency
pent- (a) five penta/dactyl having five digits (fingers or toes)
-pepsia, -pepsis digestion dys/pepsia difficult digestion (indigestion)
per- through, by, excessive per/axillary through the axilla or armpit
peri- around peri/cardi/al pertaining to area around the heart
-pexy fixation gastro/pexy surgical operation in which the stomach is
sutured or fixed to the abdominal wall
phag- (o) eat, ingest phago/cyt/osis process of cells engulfing and destroying
microorganisms
-phage, -phagia to eat, consuming, swallow dys/phagia difficult or painful swallowing
pharyng- (o) pharynx, throat pharyng/itis inflammation of the throat or pharynx
-phas, -phasia speech a/phasia without speech
-philia, -philic affinity for, attracted to necro/philia attracted to or unusual interest in death
phleb- (o) vein phleb/otomy cutting into a vein
-phobia fear hydro/phobia fear of water
phon- (o) sound, voice phon/asthenia weakness or hoarseness of the voice
-phylaxis protection, prevention pro/phylaxis for prevention
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
136 CHAPTER 6
Q
quad- (ra, ri) four quadra/plegia paralysis of four extremities (arms and
legs)
R
radi- (o) radiographs (X-rays), radiation radi/ologist person who studies radiographs
rect- (o) rectum recto/cele rupture of the rectum
ren- (o) kidney ren/al pertaining to the kidney
retro- backward, in back, behind retro/lingual occurring behind or near the base of the
tongue
rhin- (o) nose, pertaining to the nose rhino/plasty surgical correction of the nose
-rraphy suture of, sewing up of a gap angio/rraphy sewing (suturing) a gap or defect in a
or defect vessel
-rrhagia sudden or excessive flow rhino/rrhagia sudden flow from the nose (nosebleed)
-rrhea flow, discharge meno/rrhea monthly flow or discharge
-rrhexis rupture of, bursting hystero/rrhexis rupture of the uterus
S
salping- (i, o) tube, fallopian tube salping/ectomy surgical removal of a fallopian tube
sanguin- (o) blood sanguino/purulant containing blood and pus
sarc- (o) malignant (cancer) connective tissue sarc/oma cancerous tumor of connective tissue
-sarcoma tumor, cancer adeno/sarcoma cancerous tumor of a gland
scler- (o) hardening sclero/derma thickening or hardening of the skin
-sclerosis dryness or hardness arterio/sclerosis hardness of an artery
-scope examining instrument oto/scope instrument for examining the ear
-scopy observation procto/scopy examination of the rectum
-sect cut bi/sect to cut into two parts
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Medical Terminology 137
T
tach- (o, y) rapid, fast tachy/cardia fast or rapid heart
ten- (do, don, o) tendon tendon/itis inflammation of a tendon
tetra- four tetra/paresis weakness or paralysis of all four limbs
-therapy treatment chemo/therapy treatment with drugs or chemicals
therm- (o, y) heat therm/algesia sensitive to heat
thorac- (o) thorax, chest thorac/otomy cutting into the chest
thromb- (o) clot, thrombus thrombo/lysis dissolving or destruction of clots
thym- (o) thymus gland thym/oma tumor of the thymus gland
thyr- (o, oid) thyroid gland thyroid/ologist individual who studies the thyroid gland
-tome instrument that cuts myo/tome instrument for cutting muscle
-tox (ic) poison cyto/toxic cell poison
trach- (e, i, o) trachea, windpipe trache/otomy cutting into the trachea or windpipe
trans- across, over, beyond trans/neural across a nerve
tri- three tri/angle three angles
trich- (o) hair tricho/myo/sis fungus disease of the hair
-trips (y) crushing by rubbing or grinding litho/tripsy crushing of stone
-trophy nutrition, growth, development a/trophy without nutrition (wasting away)
tympan- (o) eardrum, tympanic membrane tympan/itis inflammation of the eardrum (tympanic
membrane)
U
ultra- beyond, excess ultra/sonic beyond sound waves
uni- one uni/ocular one eye
ur- (in, o) urine, urinary tract urino/meter instrument to measure (specific gravity)
urine
ureter- (o) ureter (tube from kidney to bladder) uretero/cele dilation of the ureter into the bladder
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
138 CHAPTER 6
V
vas- (o) vessel, duct vaso/neur/otic pertaining to blood vessels and nerves
ven- (a) vein ven/ous pertaining to vein
ventro- to the front, abdomen ventr/al pertaining to the front
vertebr- (o) spine, vertebrae vertebr/al pertaining to the spine or vertebrae
vesic- (o) urinary bladder vesico/urethral connecting the urinary bladder and urethra
viscer- (o) internal organs viscero/ptosis drooping or displacement of internal
organs
vit- (a) necessary for life vit/al important to life
X
xanth- (o) yellow xantho/derma yellowish discoloration of the skin
-xen (ia, a) strange, abnormal xeno/genetic derived or originating from a foreign
species
Z
zoo- animal zoo/ology study of animals
zymo- enzymes zymo/gram picture or tracing of enzymes
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Medical Terminology 139
STUDENT: Go to the workbook and complete cause of the disease, signs and symptoms, and
the assignment and evaluation sheets for 6:2, main forms of treatment.
Interpreting Word Parts. 3. Cancer: combine word parts to create words
ending in oma. Then search for information on
the different types of tumors. Research benign
CHAPTER 6 SUMMARY and malignant tumors and the signs and
symptoms for each. (Hint: locate the Web site
for the American Cancer Society.)
Medical abbreviations and terminology are used
in all health care occupations and facilities. To
communicate effectively, health care workers REVIEW QUESTIONS
must be familiar with common abbreviations
and terminology. 1. Determine the meaning of the abbreviations
Medical abbreviations are shortened forms bid, tid, and qid. Find prefixes that define the
of words, usually just letters. Sometimes, they first letters (b, t, and q) of the three abbrevia-
are used by themselves; other times, several ab- tions. Determining associations similar to
breviations are combined to give orders or di- these will make it easier to learn medical
rections. abbreviations.
Medical terminology consists of the use of
prefixes, suffixes, and word roots to create words. 2. List ten (10) abbreviations for diseases or
Entire dictionaries have been written to include disorders of the body.
the terminology used in health care. It would be 3. List ten (10) abbreviations for diagnostic tests
impossible to memorize the meaning of every such as blood work or radiology (X-ray)
word. By learning common prefixes, suffixes, studies.
and word roots, however, a health care worker
can break a word into parts and figure out the 4. Add the suffix -oma to five different word roots
meaning of the word. for tissues or parts of the body. Check a medi-
cal dictionary to determine whether the
spelling is correct and to learn the full meaning
INTERNET SEARCHES of the word. One example is melanoma.
5. Choose five (5) word roots related to a part of
Use the suggested search engines in Chapter 12:4 the body. Add different prefixes and/or suffixes
of this textbook to search the Internet for addi- to the word root to create at least three differ-
tional information on the following topics: ent terms for each body part. For example:
1. Medical terminology resources: search publish- cystitis, cystoscopy, and cystocele.
ers such as Delmar Cengage Learning, Mosby, 6. A patient is admitted to a hospital with a dx of
or McGraw-Hill, for medical terminology pancreatitis, dysphagia, and gastralgia. Sx
books, videos, and software. Evaluate different include NVD and a severe HA. The dr orders an
methods of learning medical terminology as abd MRI, CBC, NPO except for cl liq, VS q2h,
presented in these resources. and CBR. Interpret all the above medical
2. Diseases: combine word parts to name diseases abbreviations and terms to determine the
or conditions such as cholecystitis. Search for patient’s condition and plan of treatment.
information on the diseases. Research the
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
CHAPTER 7 Anatomy and
Physiology
Chapter Objectives
After completing this chapter,
you should be able to:
Observe Standard
Precautions
◆ Apply the appropriate terminology to major
organs and systems of the human body
◆ Identify the major functions of each body
Instructor’s Check—Call
Instructor at This Point
system
◆ Compare interrelationships of body systems
Safety—Proceed with ◆ Describe basic diseases affecting each of the
Caution body systems
◆ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms
OBRA Requirement—Based NOTE: This chapter is meant to serve as a brief introduction to
on Federal Law anatomy and physiology. For more detailed information, refer to
the references listed in the bibliography at the back of the book.
Math Skill
Legal Responsibility
Science Skill
Career Information
Communications Skill
Technology
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 141
KEY TERMS
anatomy genes organ
cell genome organelles
cell membrane Golgi apparatus pathophysiology
centrosome (sen!-troh-sohm) (gawl!-jee ap-a-rat!-us) physiology
chromatin (crow!-ma-tin) lysosomes (ly!-sah-soms) (fizz-ee-all!-oh-gee)
connective tissue meiosis (my-o!-sis) pinocytic vesicles
cytoplasm (sy!-toe-plaz-um) mitochondria protoplasm
dehydration (my-toe-con!-dree-ah) (pro!-toe-plaz-um)
edema (eh-dee!-mah) mitosis (my-toe!-sis) stem cells
endoplasmic reticulum muscle tissue system
(en!-doe-plaz-mik re-tik!- nerve tissue tissue
you-lum) nucleolus (new"-klee-oh!-lus) vacuoles
epithelial tissue nucleus
(ep!-eh-thiel"-e-al tish!-u)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
142 CHAPTER 7
understanding the disease processes, however, brane that contains pores to allow substances
the health worker must first understand the nor- to pass between the nucleus and cytoplasm. It
mal functioning of the body. A basic understand- is often called the “brain” of the cell because it
ing of anatomy and physiology is therefore controls many cell activities and is important
necessary. Anatomy is the study of the form and in the process of mitosis or cell division.
structure of an organism. Physiology is the ♦ Nucleolus: one or more small, round bodies
study of the processes of living organisms, or why located inside the nucleus, and important in
and how they work. Pathophysiology is the cell reproduction. Ribosomes, made of ribo-
study of how disease occurs and the responses of nucleic acid (RNA) and protein, are manufac-
living organisms to disease processes. tured in the nucleolus. The ribosomes move
The basic substance of all life is protoplasm. from the nucleus to the cytoplasm, where they
This material makes up all living things. Although aid in the synthesis (production) of protein.
protoplasm is composed of ordinary elements They can exist freely in the cytoplasm or be
such as carbon, oxygen, hydrogen, sulfur, nitro- attached to the endoplasmic reticulum.
gen, and phosphorus, scientists are unable to
♦ Chromatin: located in the nucleus and made
combine such elements to create that character-
of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and protein.
istic called life.
During cell reproduction, the chromatin con-
denses to form rodlike structures called chro-
mosomes. A human cell has 46 chromosomes
CELLS or 23 pairs. Each chromosome contains
between 30,000 to 45,000 genes, the struc-
Protoplasm forms the basic unit of structure and
tures that carry inherited characteristics. Each
function in all living things: the cell. Cells are
gene has a specific and unique sequence of
microscopic structures that carry on all the func-
approximately 1,000 base pairs of DNA; the
tions of life. They take in food and oxygen; pro-
DNA sequence carries the genetic coding that
duce heat and energy; move and adapt to their
allows for exact duplication of the cell. Because
environment; eliminate wastes; perform special
the DNA sequence on genes is unique for each
functions; and reproduce to create new, identical
individual, it is sometimes used as an identifi-
cells. The human body contains trillions of cells.
cation tool similar to fingerprints, but much
These cells vary in shape and size, and perform
more exact. A genome is the total mass of
many different functions.
genetic instruction humans inherit from their
Most cells have the following basic parts (fig-
parents. It consists of strings of DNA nucleo-
ure 7-1):
tides. Human beings have about three billion
♦ Cell membrane: the outer protective cover- nucleotides in their genome. The order of the
ing of the cell. It is also called the plasma nucleotides on the DNA sequences provides
membrane or plasmalemma. It is semiperme- instructions for the body to build all of its
able; that is, it allows certain substances to parts, everything from permanent structures
enter and leave the cell while preventing the such as teeth and brain cells to short-lived
passage of other substances. substances such as blood and hormones.
♦ Cytoplasm: a semifluid inside the cell but out- ♦ Centrosome: located in the cytoplasm and
side the nucleus. It contains water (70–90 per- near the nucleus. It contains two centrioles.
cent), proteins, lipids (fats), carbohydrates, During mitosis, or cell division, the centrioles
minerals, and salts. It is the site for all chemical separate. Thin cytoplasmic spindle fibers form
reactions that take place in the cell, such as pro- between the centrioles and attach to the chro-
tein synthesis (formation) and cellular respira- mosomes. This creates an even division of the
tion. Organelles, or cell structures that help a chromosomes in the two new cells.
cell to function, are located in the cytoplasm. ♦ Mitochondria: rod-shaped organelles lo-
The main organelles are the nucleus, mitochon- cated throughout the cytoplasm. These are
dria, ribosomes, lysosomes, centrioles, Golgi often called the “furnaces” or “powerhouses”
apparatus, and endoplasmic reticulum. of the cell because they break down carbohy-
♦ Nucleus: a mass in the cytoplasm. It is sepa- drates, proteins, and fats to produce adeno-
rated from the cytoplasm by a nuclear mem- sine triphosphate (ATP), the major energy
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 143
Nucleolus
Smooth endoplasmic
reticulum
Mitochondrion
Nucleus
Cell membrane
Pinocytic vessel
Vacuole
Cytoplasm
Ribosomes
Lysosome
Centrioles
source of the cell. A cell can contain just 1 to endoplasmic reticulum contains ribosomes,
more than 1,000 mitochondria, depending on which are the sites for protein synthesis (pro-
how much energy the cell requires. duction). Smooth endoplasmic reticulum
♦ Golgi apparatus: a stack of membrane lay- does not contain ribosomes and is not present
ers located in the cytoplasm. This structure in all cells. It assists with cholesterol synthesis,
produces, stores, and packages secretions for fat metabolism, and detoxification of drugs.
discharge from the cell. Cells of the salivary, ♦ Vacuoles: pouchlike structures found
gastric, and pancreatic glands have large num- throughout the cytoplasm that have a vacuo-
bers of Golgi apparatus. lar membrane with the same structure as the
♦ Endoplasmic reticulum: a fine network of cell membrane. They are filled with a watery
tubular structures located in the cytoplasm. substance, stored food, or waste products.
This network allows for the transport of mate- ♦ Lysosomes: oval or round bodies found
rials into and out of the nucleus, and also aids throughout the cytoplasm. These structures
in the synthesis and storage of proteins. Rough contain digestive enzymes that digest and
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
144 CHAPTER 7
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 145
cell, has 46 chromosomes: 23 from the ovum and called dehydration occurs. When there is an
23 from the sperm. Thus, the zygote has 46, or 23 excess amount (too much tissue fluid), a condi-
pairs, of chromosomes, the normal number for tion called edema, or swelling of the tissues,
all body cells except the sex cells. occurs.
Immediately after the ovum and sperm join There are four main groups of tissues: epithe-
to form a zygote, the zygote begins a period of lial, connective, nerve, and muscle (figure 7-3).
rapid mitotic division. Within 4–5 days, the zygote Epithelial tissue covers the surface of the
is a hollow ball-like mass of cells called a blasto- body and is the main tissue in the skin. It forms
cyst. Within this blastocyst are embryonic stem the lining of the intestinal, respiratory, circula-
cells. These stem cells have the ability to trans- tory, and urinary tracts, as well as that of other
form themselves into any of the body’s special- body cavities. Epithelial tissue also forms the
ized cells and perform many different functions. body glands, where it specializes to produce spe-
A controversial area of research is now concen- cific secretions for the body, such as mucus and
trated on these stem cells. Scientists are attempt- digestive juices.
ing to determine whether stem cells can be Connective tissue is the supporting fabric of
transplanted into the body and used to cure dis- organs and other body parts. There are two main
eases such as diabetes mellitus, Parkinson’s, heart classes of connective tissue: soft and hard. One
disease, osteoporosis, arthritis, and spinal cord
injuries. The hope is that the stem cells can be Structure Function
programmed to produce new specialized cells
that can replace a body’s damaged cells and cure
a disease. The controversy arises from the fact
that a 4–5-day embryo, capable of creating a new Control
life, is used to obtain the cells. Right-to-life advo- and
cates are strongly opposed to stem cell research if communicate
the cells are obtained from embryos. Another
source of stem cells is the blood in the discarded Nerve
umbilical cord and placenta of a newborn. Cur-
rently, parents have the option of preserving this
blood for its stem cells. The blood is collected and
frozen in liquid nitrogen. If the child later devel- Secrete
ops a disease for which a stem cell transplant can and
provide a cure, the cells can be harvested from protect
the blood and used for the transplant. The cost of
this procedure limits its use, however. Stem cells Epithelium
also exist in adult tissues, such as bone marrow
and the liver. Adult stem cells, however, do not
have the ability to evolve into every kind of cell;
these stem cells evolve into more cells of their Move
own kind. This controversy will continue as sci- and
entists expand stem cell research. protect
Muscle (cardiac)
TISSUE
Although most cells contain the same basic parts,
cells vary greatly in shape, size, and special func- Support
and
tion. When cells of the same type join together for connect
a common purpose, they form a tissue. Tissues
are 60–99 percent water with various dissolved
Connective tissue
substances. This water is slightly salty in nature
and is called tissue fluid. If there is an insufficient FIGURE 7-3 Four main groups of tissues and their
amount (not enough tissue fluid), a condition functions.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
146 CHAPTER 7
type of soft connective tissue is adipose, or fatty, helps form the rigid structure of the human body.
tissue, which stores fat as a food reserve or source Blood and lymph are classified as liquid connec-
of energy, insulates the body, fills the area between tive tissue, or vascular tissue. Blood carries nutri-
tissue fibers, and acts as padding. A second type of ents and oxygen to the body cells and carries
soft connective tissue is fibrous connective tissue, metabolic waste away from cells. Lymph trans-
such as ligaments and tendons, which help hold ports tissue fluid, proteins, fats, and other materi-
body structures together. Hard connective tissue als from the tissues to the circulatory system.
includes cartilage and bone. Cartilage is a tough, Nerve tissue is made up of special cells
elastic material that is found between the bones of called neurons. It controls and coordinates body
the spine and at the end of long bones. It acts as a activities by transmitting messages throughout
shock absorber and allows for flexibility. It is also the body. The nerves, brain, and spinal cord are
found in the nose, ears, and larynx, or “voice box,” composed of nerve tissue.
to provide form or shaping. Bone is similar to car- Muscle tissue produces power and move-
tilage but has calcium salts, nerves, and blood ves- ment by contraction of muscle fibers. There are
sels; it is frequently called osseous tissue. Bone three main kinds of muscle tissue: skeletal, cardiac,
Integumentary Protects body from injury, infection, and dehydration; Skin, sweat and oil glands, nails, and hair
helps regulate body temperature; eliminates some
wastes; produces vitamin D
Skeletal Creates framework of body, protects internal organs, Bones and cartilage
produces blood cells, acts as levers for muscles
Muscular Produces movement, protects internal organs, Skeletal, smooth, and cardiac muscles
produces body heat, maintains posture
Nervous Coordinates and controls body activities Nerves, brain, spinal cord
Special Senses Allow body to react to environment by providing Eye, ear, tongue, nose, general sense
sight, hearing, taste, smell, and balance receptors
Circulatory Carries oxygen and nutrients to body cells; carries Heart, blood vessels, blood, spleen
waste products away from cells; helps produce cells
to fight infection
Lymphatic Carries some tissue fluid and wastes to blood, Lymph nodes, lymph vessels, spleen,
assists with fighting infection tonsils, and thymus gland
Respiratory Breathes in oxygen and eliminates carbon dioxide Nose, pharynx, larynx, trachea, bronchi, lungs
Digestive Digests food physically and chemically, transports Mouth, salivary glands, pharynx, esopha-
food, absorbs nutrients, eliminates waste gus, stomach, intestine, liver, gallbladder,
pancreas
Urinary Filters blood to maintain fluid and electrolyte balance Kidneys, ureters, urinary bladder, urethra
in the body, produces and eliminates urine
Endocrine Produces and secretes hormones to regulate body Pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal,
processes and thymus glands; pancreas, ovaries, testes
Reproductive Provides for reproduction Male: testes, epididymis, vas deferens,
ejaculatory duct, seminal vesicles, prostate
gland, penis, urethra
Female: ovaries, fallopian tubes, uterus,
vagina, breasts
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 147
and visceral (smooth). Skeletal muscle attaches to in succeeding sections) are the integumentary,
the bones and provides for movement of the body. skeletal, muscular, circulatory, lymphatic, ner-
Cardiac muscle causes the heart to beat. Visceral vous, respiratory, digestive, urinary (or excretory),
muscle is present in the walls of the respiratory, endocrine, and reproductive. Their functions and
digestive, urinary tract, and blood vessels. main organs are shown in table 7-1.
In summary, cells combine to form tissues,
tissues combine to form organs, and organs and
ORGANS AND SYSTEMS other body parts combine to form systems. These
systems working together help create the miracle
Two or more tissues joined together to perform a called the human body (figure 7-4).
specific function are called an organ. Examples
of organs include the heart, stomach, and lungs.
Organs and other body parts joined together STUDENT: Go to the workbook and complete
to perform a particular function are called a sys- the assignment sheet for 7:1, Basic Structure of the
tem. The basic systems (discussed in more detail Human Body.
Organism
Human Organism
Organ Systems
Organism Respiratory System
Nervous System
Digestive System
Circulatory System
Integumentary System
Skeletal System
Muscular System
Lymphatic System
Organ System Urinary System
Endocrine System
Reproductive System
Organs
Lung
Brain
Organ
Stomach
Kidney
Tissues
Epithelial Tissue
Nervous Tissue
Muscle Tissue
Tissue
Connective Tissue
Increasing Cells
Complexity Epithelial Cell
Nerve Cell
Muscle Cell
Cell
Organelles
Mitochondrion
Organelle Nucleus
Ribosome
Molecules
Sugars
Molecule C6H12O6 Proteins
Water
Atoms or Ions
Carbon
Hydrogen FIGURE 7-4 The levels of
Oxygen
Atom or Ion Nitrogen
complexity in the human
of an Element organism.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
148 CHAPTER 7
KEY TERMS
abdominal cavity dorsal pelvic cavity
abdominal regions dorsal cavity posterior
anterior frontal (coronal) plane proximal (prox!-ih-mahl)
body cavities inferior spinal cavity
body planes lateral (lat!-eh-ral) superior
buccal cavity medial (me!-dee-al) thoracic cavity (tho-rass!-ik)
caudal (kaw!-doll) midsagittal (median) plane transverse plane
cranial (kray!-nee-al) (mid-saj!-ih-tahl) ventral
cranial cavity nasal cavity ventral cavity
distal orbital cavity
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 149
Midsagittal plane The ventral cavities are larger than the dor-
Right Left Midline sal cavities. The ventral cavity is separated into
two distinct cavities by the dome-shaped muscle
Lateral (away
from midline) called the diaphragm, which is important for res-
piration (breathing). The thoracic cavity is
Medial (toward
the midline) located in the chest and contains the esophagus,
trachea, bronchi, lungs, heart, and large blood
Proximal vessels. The abdominal cavity, or abdomino-
(closer to Cranial pelvic cavity, is divided into an upper part and a
point of (toward the
head) lower part. The upper abdominal cavity contains
reference)
the stomach, small intestine, most of the large
Superior (above)
intestine, appendix, liver, gallbladder, pancreas,
Distal
(away and spleen. The lower abdominal cavity, or pel-
Transverse plane
from vic cavity, contains the urinary bladder, the
point of reproductive organs, and the last part of the large
reference) Inferior (below)
intestine. The kidneys and adrenal glands are
Caudal technically located outside the abdominal cavity
(toward the tail) because they are behind the peritoneal mem-
brane (peritoneum) that lines the abdominal
cavity. This area is called the retroperitoneal
Posterior/dorsal/
back space.
Three small cavities are the orbital cavity
Frontal plane for the eyes, the nasal cavity for the nose struc-
tures, and the buccal cavity, or mouth, for the
Anterior/ventral/
front
teeth and tongue.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
150 CHAPTER 7
Thoracic cavity
Dorsal cavity Spinal
(vertebral
canal) Diaphragm
Ventral cavity
Abdominal cavity
Abdomino-
pelvic cavity
Pelvic cavity
Right Left
Umbilicus hypo- Epigastric hypo-
chondriac region chondriac
Right upper Left upper region region
quadrant quadrant
(RUQ) (LUQ)
Right Left
lumbar Umbilical lumbar
region region region
Right lower Left lower
quadrant quadrant
(RLQ) (LLQ)
Right Left
iliac Hypogastric iliac
region region region
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 151
KEY TERMS
albino integumentary system subcutaneous fascia
alopecia (in-teg-u-men!-tah-ree) (hypodermis)
constrict (kun-strict!) jaundice (jawn!-diss) (sub-q-tay!-nee-us fash!-
crusts macules (mack!-youlz) ee-ah)
cyanosis (sy!-eh-noh!-sis) melanin sudoriferous glands
papules (pap!-youlz) (sue-de-rif!-eh-rus)
dermis
pustules (pus!-tyoulz) ulcer
dilate (die!-late)
sebaceous glands vesicles (ves!-i-kulz)
epidermis (eh-pih-der!-mis)
(seh-bay!-shus) wheals
erythema (err-ih-thee!-ma)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
152 CHAPTER 7
Sweat pore
Hair shaft
Dermal papilla
Sensory nerve
Stratum ending for touch
corneum
Stratum Epidermis
lucidum
Stratum
Stratum spinosum Dermis
germinativum Stratum
basale
Arrector pili muscle
Sebaceous (oil) gland
Subcutaneous
Hair follicle fatty tissue
(hypodermis)
Papilla of hair
Artery
Nerve
Sweat gland
Pacinian corpuscle
FIGURE 7-9 Cross-section of skin.
♦ Subcutaneous fascia or hypodermis: the (which grows in a hollow tube called a follicle)
innermost layer. It is made of elastic and and a hair shaft. Hair helps protect the body and
fibrous connective tissue and adipose (fatty) covers all body surfaces except for the palms of
tissue, and connects the skin to underlying the hands and the soles of the foot. Due to genet-
muscles. ics, male (and some female) individuals may
experience alopecia or baldness, a permanent
The integumentary system has two main loss of hair on the scalp. Nails protect the fingers
types of glands: sudoriferous and sebaceous. The and toes from injury. They are made of dead,
sudoriferous glands (sweat glands) are coiled keratinized epidermal epithelial cells packed
tubes that extend through the dermis and open closely together to form a thick, dense surface.
on the surface of the skin at pores. The sweat, or They are formed in the nail bed. If lost, nails will
perspiration, eliminated by these glands contains regrow if the nail bed is not damaged.
water, salts, and some body wastes. Even though
sweat contains body wastes, it is basically odor-
less. However, when the sweat interacts with bac-
teria on the skin, body odor occurs. The process
of perspiration removes excess water from the
FUNCTIONS
body and cools the body as the sweat evaporates The integumentary system performs the follow-
into the air. The sebaceous glands are oil glands ing important functions:
that usually open onto hair follicles. They pro-
duce sebum, an oil that keeps the skin and hair ♦ Protection: It serves as a barrier to the sun’s
from becoming dry and brittle. Because sebum is ultraviolet rays and the invasion of pathogens,
slightly acidic, it acts as an antibacterial and anti- or germs. It also holds moisture in and pre-
fungal secretion to help prevent infections. When vents deeper tissues from drying out.
an oil gland becomes plugged, the accumulation ♦ Sensory perception: The nerves in the skin help
of dirt and oil results in a blackhead or pimple. the body respond to pain, pressure, tempera-
Two other parts of the integumentary system ture (heat and cold), and touch sensations
are the hair and nails. Each hair consists of a root (figure 7-10).
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 153
15 sebaceous
glands
1 yard of
blood vessels
10 hairs
700
sweat
glands
3,000,000
cells 3,000
sensory
cells at
the end
1 square centimeter of nerve
of skin contains: fibers
12 sensory
apparatuses 4 yards
for heat of nerves
2 sensory
apparatuses 25 pressure
for cold apparatus for the
200 nerve perception of tactile
endings stimuli
to record pain
FIGURE 7-10 The nerves in the skin allow the body to respond to many different sensations.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
154 CHAPTER 7
Cyanosis is a bluish discoloration of the skin and cracks into open sores. Treatment involves
caused by insufficient oxygen. It can be associ- applying an antifungal medication and keeping
ated with heart, lung, and circulatory diseases or the area clean and dry.
disorders. Chronic poisoning may cause a gray or
brown skin discoloration.
Skin Cancer
SKIN ERUPTIONS Cancer of the skin is the most common type of
cancer. There are three main types of skin cancer:
Skin eruptions can also indicate disease. The basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma,
most common eruptions include: and melanoma. Basal cell carcinoma is cancer of
the basal cells in the epidermis of the skin. It
♦ Macules: (macular rash) flat spots on the grows slowly and does not usually spread (figure
skin, such as freckles 7-11). The lesions can be pink to yellow-white.
♦ Papules: (papular rash) firm, raised areas They are usually smooth with a depressed center
such as pimples and the eruptions seen in and an elevated, irregular-shaped border.
some stages of chickenpox and syphilis Squamous cell carcinoma affects the thin cells
♦ Vesicles: blisters, or fluid-filled sacs, such as of the epithelium but can spread quickly to other
those seen in chickenpox areas of the body. The lesions start as small, firm,
red, flat sores that later scale and crust (figure
♦ Pustules: pus-filled sacs such as those seen 7-12). Sores that do not heal are frequently squa-
in acne, or pimples mous cell carcinomas.
♦ Crusts: areas of dried pus and blood, com- Melanoma develops in the melanocytes of
monly called scabs the epidermis and is the most dangerous type of
♦ Wheals: itchy, elevated areas with an irregu-
lar shape; hives and insect bites are examples
♦ Ulcer: a deep loss of skin surface that may
extend into the dermis; may cause periodic
bleeding and the formation of scars
DISEASES AND
ABNORMAL CONDITIONS
Acne Vulgaris FIGURE 7-11 Basal cell carcinomas usually grow
more slowly. (Courtesy of Robert A. Silverman, MD,
Acne vulgaris is an inflammation of the seba- Clinical Associate Professor, Department of Pediat-
ceous glands. Although the cause is unknown, rics, Georgetown University)
acne usually occurs at adolescence. Hormonal
changes and increased secretion of sebum are
probably underlying causes. Symptoms include
papules, pustules, and blackheads. These occur
when the hair follicles become blocked with dirt,
cosmetics, excess oil, and/or bacteria. Treatment
methods include frequent, thorough skin wash-
ing; avoidance of creams and heavy makeup;
antibiotic or vitamin A ointments; oral antibiot-
ics; and/or ultraviolet light treatments.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 155
Impetigo
Dermatitis Impetigo is a highly contagious skin infection
Dermatitis, an inflammation of the skin, can be usually caused by streptococci or staphylococci
caused by any substance that irritates the skin. It organisms. Symptoms include erythema, oozing
is frequently an allergic reaction to detergents, vesicles, pustules, and the formation of a yellow
cosmetics, pollen, or certain foods. One example crust. Lesions should be washed with soap and
of contact dermatitis is the irritation caused by water and kept dry. Antibiotics, both topical and
contact with poison ivy, poison sumac, or poison oral, are also used in treatment.
oak (figure 7-14). Symptoms include dry skin, ery-
thema, itching, edema, macular-papular rashes,
and scaling. Treatment is directed at eliminating Psoriasis
the cause, especially in the case of allergens. Anti- Psoriasis is a chronic, noncontagious skin disease
inflammatory ointments, antihistamines, and/or with periods of exacerbations (symptoms pres-
steroids are also used in treatment. ent) and remission (symptoms decrease or disap-
pear). The cause is unknown, but there may be a
hereditary link. Stress, cold weather, sunlight,
Eczema pregnancy, and endocrine changes tend to cause
Eczema is a noncontagious, inflammatory skin an exacerbation of the disease. Symptoms include
disorder caused by an allergen or irritant. Diet, thick, red areas covered with white or silver scales,
cosmetics, soaps, medications, and emotional (figure 7-15). Although there is no cure, treatment
stress can all cause eczema. Symptoms include methods include coal/tar or cortisone ointments,
dryness, erythema, edema, itching, vesicles, ultraviolet light, and/or scale removal.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
156 CHAPTER 7
Ringworm
Ringworm (tineas) is a highly contagious fungal
infection of the skin or scalp. The characteristic
symptom is the formation of a flat or raised circu-
lar area with a clear central area surrounded by
an itchy, scaly, or crusty outer ring. Antifungal
medications, both oral and topical, are used in
treatment.
Verrucae
Verrucae, or warts, are caused by a viral infection
of the skin. Plantar warts usually occur at pres-
sure points on the sole of the foot. A rough, hard,
elevated, rounded surface forms on the skin.
Some warts disappear spontaneously, but others
must be removed with electricity, liquid nitrogen,
acid, chemicals, or laser.
FIGURE 7-15 Psoriasis is characterized by white STUDENT: Go to the workbook and complete
or silver scales. (Courtesy of Robert A. Silverman, the assignment sheet for 7:3, Integumentary
MD, Pediatric Dermatology, Georgetown University) System.
(continues)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 157
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
158 CHAPTER 7
Nasal bone
Lambdoidal suture
Lacrimal bone
Occipital bone
Maxilla
Zygomatic bone
Temporal bone
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 159
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
160 CHAPTER 7
Clavicle
Acromion process
Scapula
THORAX Scapula
Xiphoid process Sternum
Costal cartilage Ribs
VERTEBRAL
VERTEBRAL UPPER COLUMN
COLUMN EXTREMITY Olecranon
Humerus process
Ilium
Ulna PELVIC
Radius GIRDLE
Sacrum
Carpals
Pubis
Ischium Coccyx
Symphysis
pubis Metacarpals Phalanges
Femur
Patella
Tibia Lateral condyle
Tarsals
Metatarsals
Lateral maleolus
Phalanges
Medial maleolus
Calcaneus
FIGURE 7-20 Bones of the skeleton.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 161
Dislocation
A dislocation is when a bone is forcibly displaced
from a joint. It frequently occurs in shoulders,
fingers, knees, and hips. After the dislocation is
reduced (the bone is replaced in the joint), the
dislocation is immobilized with a splint, a cast, or
traction.
Sprain
A sprain is when a twisting action tears the liga-
FIGURE 7-21 Rheumatoid arthritis can cause ments at a joint. The wrists and ankles are com-
permanent deformity and immobility. mon sites for sprains. Symptoms include pain,
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
162 CHAPTER 7
Transverse
Oblique
(A) Greenstick (B) Closed (C) Open (D) Impacted (E) Comminuted (F) Spiral
(incomplete) (simple, complete) (compound)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 163
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
164 CHAPTER 7
KEY TERMS
abduction (ab-duck!-shun) excitability muscular system
adduction (ad-duck!-shun) extensibility origin
cardiac muscle extension rotation
circumduction fascia (fash!-ee"-ah) skeletal muscle
contract (con-trackt!) flexion (flek!-shun) tendons
contractibility insertion visceral (smooth) muscle
contracture (con-track!-shur) involuntary voluntary
elasticity muscle tone
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 165
Centrally
located
nucleus
Striations
Cell (fiber) membrane (cross-stripes)
(A) Smooth muscle fibers (nonstriated)
Branching
of cell
Intercalated
disc
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
166 CHAPTER 7
Extension Flexion
FIGURE 7-25 Types of muscle movement.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 167
Masseter
Sternocleidomastoid
Trapezius
Pectoralis
major Deltoid Teres major
Biceps
Infraspinatus
Triceps Triceps
Serratus lateral head
anterior Latissimus
Gluteus dorsi
maximus
External Rectus
oblique abdominis
Biceps
Adductor Rectus Iliotibial femoris
longus femoris band
Soleus
Achilles
tendon
legs, fatigue, sleep disturbances, headaches, and loses the ability to move. The onset usually occurs
depression. The cause is unknown, but stress, between 2 and 5 years of age. By age 9 to 12, the
weather, and poor physical fitness affect the con- child is confined to a wheelchair. Eventually, the
dition. Treatment is directed toward pain relief muscle weakness affects the heart and dia-
and includes physical therapy, massage, exercise, phragm, resulting in respiratory and/or cardiac
stress reduction, and medication to relax muscles failure that causes death. The life expectancy is
and relieve pain. usually from the late teens to the early twenties.
Although there is no cure, physical therapy is
used to slow the progress of the disease.
Muscular Dystrophy
Muscular dystrophy is actually a group of inher-
ited diseases that lead to chronic, progressive
Myasthenia Gravis
muscle atrophy. Muscular dystrophy usually Myasthenia gravis is a chronic condition where
appears in early childhood; most types result in nerve impulses are not properly transmitted to
total disability and early death. The most com- the muscles. This leads to progressive muscular
mon type is Duchenne muscular dystrophy, weakness and paralysis. If the condition affects
which is caused by a genetic defect. At birth, the the respiratory muscles, it can be fatal. Although
infant is healthy. As muscle cells die, the child the cause is unknown, myasthenia gravis is
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
168 CHAPTER 7
KEY TERMS
autonomic nervous system hypothalamus parasympathetic (par"-ah-
brain medulla oblongata (meh- sim"-pah-thet!-ik)
central nervous system due!-la ob-lawn-got!-ah) peripheral nervous system
(CNS) meninges (singular: meninx) (PNS) (peh-rif!-eh-ral)
cerebellum (seh"-reh-bell!- (meh-nin!-jeez) pons (ponz)
um) midbrain somatic nervous system
cerebrospinal fluid (seh-ree"- nerves spinal cord
broh-spy!-nal fluid) nervous system sympathetic
cerebrum (seh-ree!-brum) neuron (nur!-on) thalamus
diencephalon ventricles
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 169
7:6 INFORMATION Impulses coming from one axon “jump” the syn-
apse to get to the dendrite of another neuron,
The nervous system is a complex, highly orga- which will carry the impulse in the right direc-
nized system that coordinates all the activities of tion. Special chemicals, called neurotransmitters,
the body. This system enables the body to respond located at the end of each axon, allow the nerve
and adapt to changes that occur both inside and impulses to pass from one neuron to another. In
outside the body. this way, impulses can follow many different
The basic structural unit of the nervous sys- routes.
tem is the neuron, or nerve cell (figure 7-27). It Nerves are a combination of many nerve
consists of a cell body containing a nucleus; nerve fibers located outside the brain and spinal cord.
fibers, called dendrites (which carry impulses Afferent, or sensory, nerves carry messages from
toward the cell body); and a single nerve fiber, all parts of the body to the brain and spinal cord.
called an axon (which carries impulses away from Efferent, or motor, nerves carry messages from
the cell body). Many axons have a lipid (fat) cov- the brain and spinal cord to the muscles and
ering called a myelin sheath, which increases the glands. Associative, or internuncial, nerves carry
rate of impulse transmission and insulates and both sensory and motor messages.
maintains the axon. The axon of one neuron lies There are two main divisions to the nervous
close to the dendrites of many other neurons. The system: the central nervous system and the
spaces between them are known as synapses. peripheral nervous system (figure 7-28). The
Dendrites
Nucleus
Axon
Terminal
branches
}
Myelin sheath
Axon
Cell body Myelin
Nodes of Ranvier
Schwann cells
FIGURE 7-27 A neuron, the basic structural unit of the nervous system.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
170 CHAPTER 7
Nervous system
CNS PNS
Brain 12 cranial nerve pairs
Spinal cord 31 spinal nerve pairs
Sympathetic Parasympathetic
central nervous system (CNS) consists of the brum is responsible for reasoning, thought,
brain and spinal cord. The peripheral nervous memory, judgment, speech, sensation, sight,
system (PNS) consists of the nerves and has two smell, hearing, and voluntary body move-
divisions: the somatic nervous system and the ment.
autonomic nervous system. The somatic ner- ♦ Cerebellum: the section below the back of
vous system carries messages between the CNS the cerebrum. It is responsible for muscle
and the body. The autonomic nervous system coordination, balance, posture, and muscle
contains the sympathetic and parasympathetic tone.
nervous systems, which work together to control
involuntary body functions. ♦ Diencephalon: the section located between
the cerebrum and midbrain. It contains two
structures: the thalamus and hypothalamus.
CENTRAL NERVOUS The thalamus acts as a relay center and
directs sensory impulses to the cerebrum. It
SYSTEM also allows conscious recognition of pain and
temperature. The hypothalamus regulates
The brain is a mass of nerve tissue well protected and controls the autonomic nervous system,
by membranes and the cranium, or skull (figure temperature, appetite, water balance, sleep,
7-29). The main sections include: and blood vessel constriction and dilation.
♦ Cerebrum: the largest and highest section of The hypothalamus is also involved in emo-
the brain. The outer part is arranged in folds, tions such as anger, fear, pleasure, pain, and
called convolutions, and separated into lobes. affection.
The lobes include the frontal, parietal, tempo- ♦ Midbrain: the section located below the
ral, and occipital, named from the skull bones cerebrum at the top of the brainstem. It is
that surround them (figure 7-30). The cere- responsible for conducting impulses between
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 171
Lateral ventricle
Interventricular foramen Convolutions
Sulci
Skull
Dura mater
Arachnoid Meninges
Cerebrum
Pia mater
Corpus callosum
Third ventricle
Cerebral aqueduct
Thalamus
Diencephalon Hypothalamus Fourth ventricle
Pituitary gland
Midbrain
Brain stem Pons Cerebellum
Medulla oblongata
Spinal cord
brain parts and for certain eye and auditory dura mater is the thick, tough, outer layer. The
reflexes. middle layer is delicate and weblike, and is called
♦ Pons: the section located below the midbrain the arachnoid membrane. It is loosely attached to
and in the brainstem. It is responsible for con- the other meninges to allow space for fluid to
ducting messages to other parts of the brain; flow between the layers. The innermost layer, the
for certain reflex actions including chewing, pia mater, is closely attached to the brain and spi-
tasting, and saliva production; and for assist- nal cord, and contains blood vessels that nourish
ing with respiration. the nerve tissue.
The brain has four ventricles, hollow spaces
♦ Medulla oblongata: the lowest part of the that connect with each other and with the space
brainstem. It connects with the spinal cord under the arachnoid membrane (the subarach-
and is responsible for regulating heartbeat, noid space). The ventricles are filled with a clear,
respiration, swallowing, coughing, and blood colorless fluid called cerebrospinal fluid. This
pressure. fluid circulates continually between the ventri-
The spinal cord continues down from cles and through the subarachnoid space. It
the medulla oblongata and ends at the first or serves as a shock absorber to protect the brain
second lumbar vertebrae (figure 7-31). It is sur- and spinal cord. It also carries nutrients to some
rounded and protected by the vertebrae. The spi- parts of the brain and spinal cord and helps
nal cord is responsible for many reflex actions remove metabolic products and wastes. The fluid
and for carrying sensory (afferent) messages up is produced in the ventricles of the brain by the
to the brain and motor (efferent) messages from special structures called choroid plexuses. After
the brain to the nerves that go to the muscles and circulating, it is absorbed into the blood vessels
glands. of the dura mater and returned to the blood-
The meninges are three membranes that stream through special structures called arach-
cover and protect the brain and spinal cord. The noid villi.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
172 CHAPTER 7
Sulci
Convolutions of
cerebral hemisphere Parietal lobe
(gyri)
Cerebrum
Frontal lobe
Occipital lobe
Temporal lobe
(A) Midbrain
Lateral View
h Sensory
ec
Motor
Spe
Emotions Pain
Personality Heat
Morality Touch
Intellect
Speech
Hearing
Vision
(B)
Smelling
Muscle tone
Relays impulses Equilibrium
Autonomic nervous control Walking
Controls blood pressure Eye reflexes Dancing
Maintains body temperature Conducts impulses Heart
Stimulates antidiuretic hormone Lungs
Assists with appetite regulation Breathing
Stomach
Acts on intestines Chewing
Blood vessels
Role in emotions Taste
Helps maintain wakefulness
FIGURE 7-30 Each lobe of the brain is responsible for different functions.
PERIPHERAL NERVOUS
SYSTEM cranial nerves are responsible for special senses
such as sight, hearing, taste, and smell. Others
The peripheral nervous system consists of the receive general sensations such as touch, pres-
somatic and the autonomic nervous systems. sure, pain, and temperature, and send out
impulses for involuntary and voluntary muscle
control. The spinal nerves carry messages to and
Somatic Nervous System from the spinal cord and are mixed nerves, both
The somatic nervous system consists of 12 pairs sensory (afferent) and motor (efferent). There are
of cranial nerves and their branches, and 31 pairs 8 cervical, 12 thoracic, 5 lumbar, 5 sacral, and 1
of spinal nerves and their branches. Some of the pair of coccygeal spinal nerves. Each nerve goes
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 173
DISEASES AND
ABNORMAL
Cervical plexus
C1–C5
CONDITIONSS
Brachial plexus
C5–T1 Amyotrophic Lateral
Sclerosis
Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), also known
as Lou Gehrig’s disease, is a chronic, degenerative
neuromuscular disease. The cause is unknown,
but genetic or viral-immune factors are sus-
Lumbar plexus
L1–L4
pected. Nerve cells in the CNS that control vol-
Femoral nerve
untary movement degenerate, resulting in a
weakening and atrophy (wasting away) of the
Sacral plexus
L4–S3
muscles they control. Initial symptoms include
Sciatic nerve muscle weakness, abnormal reflexes, tripping
and falling, impaired hand and arm movement,
and difficulty in speaking or swallowing. As the
disease progresses, more muscles are affected,
FIGURE 7-31 The spinal cord and nerves. resulting in total body paralysis. In the later
stages, the patient loses all ability to communi-
cate, breathe, eat, and move. Mental acuity is
unaffected, so an active mind is trapped inside a
directly to a particular part of the body or net- paralyzed body. No treatment exists, but drugs
works with other spinal nerves to form a plexus such as Riluzole may slow the progress of the dis-
that supplies sensation to a larger segment of the ease. ALS is usually fatal within 4 to 6 years of
body. symptom onset, but some patients with slower
rates of progression have survived 10–20 years
after the onset of the disease.
Autonomic Nervous System
The autonomic nervous system is an important
part of the peripheral nervous system. It helps
maintain a balance in the involuntary functions
Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
of the body and allows the body to react in times Carpal tunnel syndrome is a condition that occurs
of emergency. There are two divisions to the auto- when the medial nerve and tendons that pass
nomic nervous system: the sympathetic and through a canal or “tunnel” on their way from the
parasympathetic nervous systems. These two forearm to the hands and fingers are pinched.
systems usually work together to maintain a bal- Repetitive movement of the wrist causes swelling
anced state, or homeostasis, in the body and to around this tunnel, which puts pressure on the
control involuntary body functions at proper nerves and tendons. Symptoms include pain,
rates. In times of emergency, the sympathetic muscle weakness in the hand, and impaired
nervous system prepares the body to act by movement. A classic symptom is pain, numb-
increasing heart rate, respiration, and blood pres- ness, and tingling in the thumb, ring finger,
sure, and slowing activity in the digestive tract. and middle finger. Initially, carpal tunnel is
This is known as the fight or flight response. After treated with anti-inflammatory medications,
the emergency, the parasympathetic nervous analgesics for pain, and splinting to immobilize
system counteracts the actions of the sympa- the joint. Severe cases that do not respond to this
thetic system by slowing heart rate, decreasing treatment may require surgery to enlarge the
respiration, lowering blood pressure, and increas- “tunnel” and relieve the pressure on the nerves
ing activity in the digestive tract. and tendons.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
174 CHAPTER 7
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 175
include an abnormally enlarged head, prominent numbness. As the disease progresses, tremors,
forehead, bulging eyes, irritability, distended muscle spasticity, paralysis, speech impairment,
scalp veins, and when pressure prevents proper emotional swings, and incontinence occur. There
development of the brain, retardation. The con- is no cure. Treatment methods such as physical
dition is treated by the surgical implantation of a therapy, muscle relaxants, steroids, and psycho-
shunt (tube) between the ventricles and the veins, logical counseling are used to maintain functional
heart, or abdominal peritoneal cavity to provide ability as long as possible.
for drainage of the excess fluid.
Neuralgia
Meningitis Neuralgia is nerve pain. It is caused by inflamma-
Meningitis is an inflammation of the meninges of tion, pressure, toxins, and other disease. Treat-
the brain and/or spinal cord and is caused by a ment is directed toward eliminating the cause of
bacterium, virus, fungus, or toxin such as lead or the pain.
arsenic. Symptoms include high fever, headaches,
back and neck pain and stiffness, nausea and vom-
iting, delirium, convulsions, and if untreated, coma Paralysis
and death. Treatment methods include antibiotics, Paralysis usually results from a brain or spinal
antipyretics (for fever), anticonvulsants, and/or cord injury that destroys neurons and results in a
medications for pain and cerebral edema. loss of function and sensation below the level of
injury. Hemiplegia is paralysis on one side of the
body and is caused by a tumor, injury, or CVA.
Multiple Sclerosis Paraplegia is paralysis in the lower extremities or
Multiple sclerosis (MS) is a chronic, progressive, lower part of the body and is caused by a spinal
disabling condition resulting from a degeneration cord injury. Quadriplegia is paralysis of the arms,
of the myelin sheath in the CNS. It usually occurs legs, and body below the spinal cord injury. Cur-
between the ages of 20 and 40 (figure 7-32). The rently, no cure exists, although much research is
cause is unknown but genetics or a viral infection being directed toward repairing spinal cord dam-
of the immune system are suspected. The disease age. Treatment methods are supportive and
progresses at different rates and has periods of include physical and occupational therapy.
remission. Early symptoms include visual distur-
bances such as diplopia (double vision), weak-
ness, fatigue, poor coordination, and tingling and Parkinson’s Disease
Parkinson’s disease is a chronic, progressive con-
dition involving degeneration of brain cells, usu-
ally in persons over 50 years of age. Symptoms
include tremors, stiffness, muscular rigidity, a for-
ward leaning position, a shuffling gait, difficulty in
stopping while walking, loss of facial expression,
drooling, mood swings and frequent depression,
and behavioral changes. Although no cure exists, a
drug called levodopa is used to relieve the symp-
toms. In some cases, surgery can be performed to
destroy selectively a small area of the brain and
control involuntary movements. Physical therapy
is also used to limit muscular rigidity.
Shingles
Shingles, or herpes zoster, is an acute inflamma-
FIGURE 7-32 Multiple sclerosis usually occurs tion of nerve cells and is caused by the herpes
between the ages of 20 and 40. virus, which also causes chicken pox. It charac-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
176 CHAPTER 7
teristically occurs in the thoracic area on one side ness, itching, fever, and abnormal skin sensa-
of the body and follows the path of the affected tions. Treatment is directed toward relieving pain
nerves (figure 7-33). Fluid-filled vesicles appear and itching until the inflammation subsides, usu-
on the skin, accompanied by severe pain, red- ally in 1–4 weeks.
KEY TERMS
aqueous humor iris retina (ret!-in-ah)
(a!-kwee"-us hue-more) lacrimal glands sclera (sklee!-rah)
auditory canal (lack!-rih"-mal) semicircular canals
auricle (or!-eh-kul") lens tympanic membrane
choroid coat (koh!-royd) organ of Corti (tim-pan!-ik)
cochlea (co!-klee-ah) ossicles (os!-ick-uls) vestibule (ves!-tih-bewl)
conjunctiva pinna (pin!-nah) vitreous humor
(kon-junk"-tye!-vah) pupil (vit!-ree-us hue!-more)
cornea refracts
eustachian tube
(you-stay!-she-en)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 177
Conjunctiva
Iris
Eyebrow Retina
Lacrimal gland
(under eyelid) Pupil Pupil Retinal arteries
Sclera and veins
(white of eye) Path of light Fovea
Iris centralis
Anterior chamber
(aqueous humor)
Cornea Optic
Nasolacrimal nerve
duct Choroid coat
into nose Lens
Sclera
Suspensory
ligament
Posterior chamber
(A) (vitreous humor) (B)
FIGURE 7-34 (A) External view of the eye; (B) structures of the eye.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
178 CHAPTER 7
nea is a circular, transparent part of the front of When light rays enter the eye, they pass
the sclera. It allows light rays to enter the eye. The through a series of parts that refract the rays so
middle layer of the eye, the choroid coat, is that the rays focus on the retina. These parts are
interlaced with many blood vessels that nourish the cornea, the aqueous humor, the pupil, the lens,
the eyes. The innermost layer of the eye is the and the vitreous humor. In the retina, the light rays
retina. It is made of many layers of nerve cells, (image) are picked up by the rods and cones,
which transmit the light impulses to the optic changed into nerve impulses, and transmitted by
nerve. Two such special cells are cones and rods. the optic nerve to the occipital lobe of the cere-
Cones are sensitive to color and are used mainly brum, where sight is interpreted. If the rays are not
for vision when it is light. Most of the cones are refracted correctly by the various parts, vision can
located in a depression located on the back sur- be distorted or blurred (figure 7-35).
face of the retina called the fovea centralis; this is
the area of sharpest vision. Rods are used for
vision when it is dark or dim. Diseases and Abnormal
The iris is the colored portion of the eye. It is
located behind the cornea on the front of the
Conditions
choroid coat. The opening in the center of the iris Amblyopia
is called the pupil. The iris contains two muscles, Amblyopia, or lazy eye, commonly occurs in early
which control the size of the pupil and regulate childhood. It results in poor vision in one eye and
the amount of light entering the eye. is caused by the dominance of the other eye.
Other special structures are also located in Treatment methods include covering the good
the eye. The lens is a circular structure located eye to stimulate development of the “lazy” eye,
behind the pupil and suspended in position by exercises to strengthen the weak eye, corrective
ligaments. It refracts (bends) light rays so the lenses, and/or surgery. If the condition is not
rays focus on the retina. The aqueous humor is treated before 8 to 9 years of age, blindness of the
a clear, watery fluid that fills the space between affected eye may occur.
the cornea and iris. It helps maintain the forward
curvature of the eyeball and refracts light rays. Astigmatism
The vitreous humor is the jellylike substance Astigmatism is an abnormal shape or curvature
that fills the area behind the lens. It helps main- of the cornea that causes blurred vision. Light
tain the shape of the eyeball and also refracts light rays focus on multiple areas of the retina (figure
rays. A series of muscles located in the eye pro- 7-35). Corrective lenses (glasses or contact lenses)
vide for eye movement. correct the condition.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 179
Strabismus
Strabismus is a disorder in which the eyes do not
move or focus together. The eyes may move
inward (cross-eyed) or outward, or up or down. It
is caused by muscle weakness in one or both eyes.
FIGURE 7-36 A cataract occurs when the lens of Treatment methods include eye exercises, cover-
the eye becomes cloudy or opaque. (Courtesy of ing the good eye, corrective lenses, and/or sur-
National Eye Institute, NEH) gery on the muscles that move the eye.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
180 CHAPTER 7
Incus
Malleus Semicircular
canals
Branches of
vestibulocochlear
Auricle nerve
Cochlea
Round window
Auditory
(eustachian) tube
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 181
membrane. Treatment is directed toward eliminat- Symptoms include gradual hearing loss, tinnitus,
ing the cause. Surgery and the use of hearing aids and at times, vertigo. Surgical removal of the sta-
are common forms of treatment. Sensory hearing pes and insertion of an artificial stapes corrects
loss or deafness occurs when there is damage to the condition.
the inner ear or auditory nerve. This type of hear-
ing loss usually cannot be corrected, but cochlear
implants can improve severe hearing loss.
THE TONGUE AND
Ménière’s Disease SENSE OF TASTE
Ménière’s disease results from a collection of fluid
in the labyrinth of the inner ear and a degeneration The tongue is a mass of muscle tissue with pro-
of the hair cells in the cochlea and vestibule. Symp- jections called papillae (figure 7-38). The papillae
toms include severe vertigo (dizziness), tinnitus contain taste buds that are stimulated by the fla-
(ringing in the ears), nausea and vomiting, loss of vors of foods moistened by saliva. There are four
balance, and a tendency to fall. Forms of treatment main tastes: sweet tastes and salty tastes at the
include drugs to reduce the fluid, draining the fluid, tip of the tongue; sour tastes at the sides of the
and antihistamines. In severe, chronic cases, sur- tongue; and bitter tastes at the back of the tongue.
gery to destroy the cochlea may be performed; Taste is influenced by the sense of smell.
however, this causes permanent deafness.
Otitis Externa
Otitis externa is an inflammation of the external
THE NOSE AND SENSE
auditory canal. It is caused by a pathogenic organ- OF SMELL
ism such as a bacterium or virus. Swimmer’s ear
is one form. It is caused by swimming in contam- The nose is the organ of smell (figure 7-39). The
inated water. Inserting bobby pins, fingernails, or sense of smell is made possible by olfactory
cotton swabs into the ear can also cause this con- receptors, which are located in the upper part of
dition. Treatment methods include antibiotics; the nasal cavity. Impulses from these receptors
warm, moist compresses; and/or pain medica- are carried to the brain by the olfactory nerve.
tions. The human nose can detect more than 6,000 dif-
ferent smells. The sense of smell is more sensitive
Otitis Media than taste, but is closely related to the sense of
Otitis media is an inflammation or infection of the taste. This is clearly illustrated by the fact that
middle ear that is caused by a bacterium or virus. It food does not taste as good when you have a head
frequently follows a sore throat because organisms cold and your sense of smell is impaired.
from the throat can enter the middle ear through
the eustachian tube. Infants and young children
are very susceptible to otitis media because the THE SKIN AND
eustachian tube is angled differently than in adults.
Secretions from the nose and throat accumulate GENERAL SENSES
in the middle ear, resulting in an inflammatory
General sense receptors for pressure, heat, cold,
response that causes the eustachian tube to swell
touch, and pain are located throughout the body
shut. Symptoms include severe pain, fever, vertigo
in the skin and connective tissue. Each receptor
(dizziness), nausea and vomiting, and fluid buildup
perceives only one type of sense. For example,
in the middle ear. Treatment usually consists of
the skin contains special receptors for heat and
administering antibiotics and pain medications. At
different receptors for cold. Messages from these
times, a myringotomy (incision of the tympanic
receptors allow the human body to respond to its
membrane) is performed, and tubes are inserted
environment and help it react to conditions that
to relieve pressure and allow fluid to drain.
can cause injury.
Otosclerosis
Otosclerosis occurs when the stapes becomes STUDENT: Go to the workbook and complete
immobile, causing conductive hearing loss. the assignment sheet for 7:7, Special Senses.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
182 CHAPTER 7
Quinine Circumvallate
papillae
Gustatory
Bitter (taste)
pores
Duct of
gland
Sour
Nerve
endings
Section of
olfactory
mucosa
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 183
KEY TERMS
aortic valve (ay-or!-tick) hemoglobin (hee!-mow- pulmonary valve
arrhythmias glow"-bin) right atrium
arteries left atrium (ay!-tree-um) right ventricle
blood left ventricle (ven!tri"-kul) septum
capillaries (cap!-ih-lair-eez) leukocytes (lew!-coh-sitez") systole (sis!-tah-lee")
circulatory system mitral valve (my!-tral) thrombocytes (throm!-bow-
diastole (dy-az!-tah-lee") myocardium sitez)
endocardium (en-doe-car!- pericardium tricuspid valve
dee-um) plasma (plaz!-ma) veins
erythrocytes (eh-rith!-row-
sitez)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
184 CHAPTER 7
Septum
Endocardium
Right ventricle
Myocardium
Pericardium
Inferior vena cava Apex
(from lower part of body)
it weighs less than one pound and is approxi- tum is called the interatrial septum, and the lower
mately the size of a closed fist, it contracts about part is called the interventricular septum.
100,000 times each day to pump the equivalent of The heart is divided into four parts, or cham-
2,000 gallons of blood through the body. The bers. The two upper chambers are called atria,
heart is located in the mediastinal cavity, between and the two lower chambers are called ventricles.
the lungs, behind the sternum, and above the The right atrium receives blood as it returns
diaphragm. Three layers of tissue form the heart. from the body cells. The right ventricle receives
The endocardium is a smooth layer of cells that blood from the right atrium and pumps the blood
lines the inside of the heart and is continuous into the pulmonary artery, which carries the
with the inside of blood vessels. It allows for the blood to the lungs for oxygen. The left atrium
smooth flow of blood. The thickest layer is the receives oxygenated blood from the lungs. The
myocardium, the muscular middle layer. The left ventricle receives blood from the left atrium
pericardium is a double-layered membrane, or and pumps the blood into the aorta for transport
sac, that covers the outside of the heart. A lubri- to the body cells.
cating fluid, pericardial fluid, fills the space One-way valves in the chambers of the heart
between the two layers to prevent friction and keep the blood flowing in the right direction. The
damage to the membranes as the heart beats or tricuspid valve is located between the right
contracts. atrium and the right ventricle. It closes when the
The septum is a muscular wall that separates right ventricle contracts, allowing blood to flow to
the heart into a right side and a left side. It pre- the lungs and preventing blood from flowing back
vents blood from moving between the right and into the right atrium. The pulmonary valve is
left sides of the heart. The upper part of the sep- located between the right ventricle and the pul-
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 185
monary artery, a blood vessel that carries blood to of rest, called diastole, followed by a period of
the lungs. It closes when the right ventricle has ventricular contraction, called systole (figure
finished contracting, preventing blood from flow- 7-41). At the start of the cycle, the atria contract and
ing back into the right ventricle. The mitral valve push blood into the ventricles. The atria then relax,
is located between the left atrium and left ventri- and blood returning from the body enters the right
cle. It closes when the left ventricle is contracting, atrium, while blood returning from the lungs enters
allowing blood to flow into the aorta (for transport the left atrium. As the atria are filling, systole begins,
to the body) and preventing blood from flowing and the ventricles contract. The right ventricle
back into the left atrium. The aortic valve is pushes blood into the pulmonary artery, sending
located between the left ventricle and the aorta, the blood to the lungs for oxygen. The left ventricle
the largest artery in the body. It closes when the pushes blood into the aorta, sending the blood to
left ventricle is finished contracting, allowing all other parts of the body. The blood in the right
blood to flow into the aorta and preventing blood side of the heart is low in oxygen and high in car-
from flowing back into the left ventricle. bon dioxide. When this blood arrives in the lungs,
the carbon dioxide is released into the lungs, and
oxygen is taken into the blood. This oxygenated
Cardiac (Heartbeat) Cycle blood is then carried to the left side of the heart by
Although they are separated by the septum, the the pulmonary veins. This blood in the left side of
right and left sides of the heart work together in a the heart, high in oxygen and low in carbon diox-
cyclic manner. The cycle consists of a brief period ide, is ready for transport to the body cells.
Pulmonary circulation
Lungs Gas exchange occurs
at lung capillary beds
Pericardium Septum
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
186 CHAPTER 7
Sinoatrial
(SA) node
(pacemaker)
Atrioventricular
bundle (bundle of His)
Atrioventricular
(AV) node
Purkinje fibers
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 187
At times it is necessary to use external or inter- Additional branches of the aorta carry blood to
nal artificial pacemakers to regulate the heart’s the head, neck, arms, chest, back, abdomen, and
rhythm, (figure 7-43). The pacemaker is a small, legs. The smallest branches of arteries are called
battery-powered device with electrodes. The elec- arterioles. They join with capillaries. Arteries are
trodes are threaded through a vein and positioned more muscular and elastic than are the other
in the right atrium and in the apex of the right ven- blood vessels because they receive the blood as it
tricle. The pacemaker monitors the heart’s activity is pumped from the heart.
and delivers an electrical impulse through the Capillaries connect arterioles with venules,
electrodes to stimulate contraction. Fixed pace- the smallest veins. Capillaries are located in close
makers deliver electrical impulses at a predeter- proximity to almost every cell in the body. They
mined rate. Demand pacemakers, the most have thin walls that contain only one layer of
common type, deliver electrical impulses only cells. These thin walls allow oxygen and nutrients
when the heart’s own conduction system is not to pass through to the cells and allow carbon
responding correctly. Even though modern pace- dioxide and metabolic products from the cells to
makers are protected from electromagnetic forces, enter the capillaries.
such as microwave ovens, most manufacturers Veins (figure 7-45) are blood vessels that
still recommend that people with pacemakers carry blood back to the heart. Venules, the small-
avoid close contact with digital cellular telephones. est branches of veins, connect with the capillar-
For example, the cellular telephone should not be ies. The venules join together and, becoming
stored in a shirt pocket close to the pacemaker. larger, form veins. The veins continue to join
together until they form the two largest veins: the
superior vena cava and the inferior vena cava.
BLOOD VESSELS The superior vena cava brings the blood from the
upper part of the body, and the inferior vena cava
When the blood leaves the heart, it is carried brings the blood from the lower part of the body.
throughout the body in blood vessels. The heart Both vena cavae drain into the right atrium of the
and blood vessels form a closed system for the heart. Veins are thinner and have less muscle tis-
flow of blood. There are three main types of blood sue than do arteries. Most veins contain valves,
vessels: arteries, capillaries, and veins. which keep the blood from flowing in a backward
Arteries (figure 7-44) carry blood away from direction (figure 7-46).
the heart. The aorta is the largest artery in the
body; it receives the blood from the left ventricle
of the heart. The aorta branches into all of the BLOOD COMPOSITION
other arteries that supply blood to the body. The
first branch of the aorta is the coronary artery, The blood that flows through the circulatory sys-
which divides into a right and left coronary artery tem is often called a tissue because it contains
to carry blood to the myocardium of the heart. many kinds of cells. There are approximately 4–6
quarts of blood in the average adult. This blood
Subclavian vein circulates continuously throughout the body. It
transports oxygen from the lungs to the body
Closed incision
site (covered cells, carbon dioxide from the body cells to the
with occlusive lungs, nutrients from the digestive tract to the
dressing) body cells, metabolic and waste products from
the body cells to the organs of excretion, heat
Subcutaneous produced by various body parts, and hormones
pocket
produced by endocrine glands to the body
Atrial lead
Pacemaker organs.
Superior vena cava
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
188 CHAPTER 7
Left radial
Left ulnar
Right digitals Left deep palmar arch
Left superficial
palmar arch
Right femoral
Left popliteal
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 189
Right femoral
Right great saphenous
Left femoral
Left popliteal
Right small saphenous
liver and spleen. There are 4.5–5.5 million eryth- is bright red; when blood contains less oxygen
rocytes per cubic millimeter (approximately one and more carbon dioxide, it is a much darker red
drop) of blood, or approximately 25 trillion in the with a bluish cast.
body. The mature form circulating in the blood Leukocytes, or white blood cells, are not as
lacks a nucleus and is shaped like a disk with a numerous as are erythrocytes. They are formed
thinner central area. The erythrocytes contain in the bone marrow and lymph tissue and usually
hemoglobin, a complex protein composed of live about 3–9 days. A normal count is 5,000–9,000
the protein molecule called globin and the iron leukocytes per cubic millimeter of blood. Leuko-
compound called heme. Hemoglobin carries both cytes can pass through capillary walls and enter
oxygen and carbon dioxide. When carrying oxy- body tissue. Their main function is to fight infec-
gen, hemoglobin gives blood its characteristic tion. Some do this by engulfing, ingesting, and
red color. When blood contains a lot of oxygen, it destroying pathogens, or germs, by a process
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
190 CHAPTER 7
Plasma
(55% of
Erythrocytes Thrombocytes
total
(platelets)
volume)
Formed
elements
Neutrophil Monocyte
(45% of
total
volume)
Leukocytes
Basophil
FIGURE 7-47 The major components of blood.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 191
vessel is cut, the thrombocytes collect at the site ited anemia. It results in the production of abnor-
to form a sticky plug. They secrete a chemical, mal, crescent-shaped erythrocytes that carry less
serotonin, which causes the blood vessel to spasm oxygen, break easily, and block blood vessels (fig-
and narrow, decreasing the flow of blood. At the ure 7-48). Sickle cell anemia occurs almost exclu-
same time, the thrombocytes release an enzyme, sively among African Americans. Treatment
thromboplastin, which acts with calcium and methods include transfusions of packed cells and
other substances in the plasma to form throm- supportive therapy during crisis. Research
bin. Thrombin acts on the blood protein fibrino- directed toward bone marrow transplants, stem
gen to form fibrin, a gel-like net of fine fibers that cell transplants from placental blood, and gene
traps erythrocytes, platelets, and plasma to form cell therapy may offer a cure for sickle cell ane-
a clot. This is an effective method for controlling mia in the near future. Genetic counseling can
bleeding in smaller blood vessels. If a large blood lead to prevention of the disease if carriers make
vessel is cut, the rapid flow of blood can interfere informed decisions not to have children.
with the formation of fibrin. In these instances, a
doctor may have to insert sutures (stitches) to
close the opening and control the bleeding. Aneurysm
An aneurysm is a ballooning out of, or saclike for-
mation on, an artery wall. Disease, congenital
DISEASES AND defects, and injuries leading to weakened arterial
wall structure can cause this defect. Although some
ABNORMAL CONDITIONS aneurysms cause pain and pressure, others gener-
ate no symptoms. Common sites are the cerebral,
Anemia aortal, and abdominal arteries. If an aneurysm rup-
tures, hemorrhage, which can cause death, occurs.
Anemia is an inadequate number of red blood Treatment usually involves surgically removing the
cells, hemoglobin, or both. Symptoms include damaged area of blood vessel and replacing it with
pallor (paleness), fatigue, dyspnea (difficult a plastic graft or another blood vessel.
breathing), and rapid heart rate. Hemorrhage can
cause rapid blood loss, resulting in acute-blood-
loss anemia. Blood transfusions are used to cor- Arteriosclerosis
rect this form of anemia. Iron deficiency anemia
results when there is an inadequate amount of Arteriosclerosis is a hardening or thickening of
iron to form hemoglobin in erythrocytes. Iron the arterial walls, resulting in a loss of elasticity
supplements and increased iron intake in the diet and contractility. It commonly occurs as a result
from green leafy vegetables and other foods can of aging. Arteriosclerosis causes high blood pres-
correct this condition. Aplastic anemia is a result sure, or hypertension, and can lead to an aneu-
of injury to or destruction of the bone marrow, rysm or cerebral hemorrhage. The main focus of
leading to poor or no formation of red blood cells. treatment is lowering blood pressure through the
Common causes include chemotherapy, radia- use of diet, medications, or both.
tion, toxic chemicals, and viruses. Treatment
includes eliminating the cause, blood transfu-
sions, and in severe cases, a bone marrow trans-
plant. Unless the damage can be reversed, it is
frequently fatal. Pernicious anemia results in the
formation of erythrocytes that are abnormally
large in size, but inadequate in number. The
cause is a lack of intrinsic factor (a substance
normally present in the stomach), which results
Normal RBC
in inadequate absorption of vitamin B12. Vitamin
Sickled RBC
B12 and folic acid are required for the develop-
ment of mature erythrocytes. Administering vita-
min B12 injections can control and correct this FIGURE 7-48 Sickle cell anemia is characterized
condition. Sickle cell anemia is a chronic, inher- by abnormal, crescent-shaped erythrocytes.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
192 CHAPTER 7
Atherosclerosis may involve either the right side or the left side of
the heart. Symptoms include edema (swelling);
Atherosclerosis occurs when fatty plaques (fre- dypsnea; pallor or cyanosis; distention of the
quently cholesterol) are deposited on the walls of neck veins; a weak, rapid pulse; and a cough
the arteries. This narrows the arterial opening, accompanied by pink, frothy sputum. Cardio-
which reduces or eliminates blood flow. If plaques tonic drugs (to slow and strengthen the heart-
break loose, they can circulate through the blood- beat), diuretics (to remove retained body fluids),
stream as emboli. A low-cholesterol diet, medica- elastic support hose, oxygen therapy, bedrest,
tions to lower cholesterol blood levels, abstaining and/or a low-sodium diet are used as treatment
from smoking, reduction of stress, and exercise methods.
are used to prevent atherosclerosis. Angioplasty
(figure 7-49) may be used to remove or compress
the deposits, or to insert a stent to allow blood
flow. Bypass surgery is used when the arteries are
completely blocked. Embolus
An embolus is a foreign substance circulating in
the bloodstream. It can be air, a blood clot, bacte-
Congestive Heart Failure rial clumps, a fat globule, or other similar sub-
Congestive heart failure (CHF) is a condition that stances. When an embolus enters an artery or
occurs when the heart muscles do not beat ade- capillary too small for passage, blockage of the
quately to supply the blood needs of the body. It blood vessel occurs.
(A) Conventional balloon angioplasty (B) Coronary atherectomy (C) Coronary stent
Atherectomy
Guidewire Balloon catheter Guiding Guidewire Deflated balloon device Stent Balloon
catheter
Cutter
1. In conventional balloon angioplasty, a 1. In coronary atherectomy procedures, a 1. To place a coronary stent within a vessel
guiding catheter is positioned in the opening of special cutting device with a deflated balloon narrowing, physicians use a special catheter
the coronary artery. The physician then pushes on one side and an opening on the other is with a deflated balloon and the stent at the tip.
a thin, flexible guidewire down the vessel and pushed over a wire down the coronary artery.
through the narrowing. The balloon catheter is
then advanced over this guidewire. Inflated balloon
FIGURE 7-49 Ways to open clogged arteries: (A) balloon angioplasty, (B) coronary atherectomy, and (C)
coronary stent.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 193
Hemophilia the arm, neck, and jaw; pressure in the chest; per-
spiration and cold, clammy skin; dypsnea; and a
Hemophilia is an inherited disease that occurs change in blood pressure. If the heart stops, car-
almost exclusively in male individuals but can be diopulmonary resuscitation should be started
carried by female individuals. Because of the lack immediately. Immediate treatment with a throm-
of a plasma protein required for the clotting pro- bolytic or “clot-busting” drug such as streptoki-
cess, the blood is unable to clot. A minor cut can nase or TPA, tissue plasminogen activator, may
lead to prolonged bleeding, and a minor bump open the blood vessel and restore blood flow to
can cause internal bleeding. Treatment involves the heart. However, the clot-busting drug must
transfusing whole blood, or plasma, and admin- be used within the first several hours, and its use
istering the missing protein factor. is prohibited if bleeding is present. Additional
treatment methods include complete bed rest,
pain medications, vasodilators, cardiotonic drugs
Hypertension (to slow and strengthen the heartbeat), oxygen
therapy, anticoagulants (to prevent additional
Hypertension is high blood pressure. A systolic
clots), and control of arrhythmias (abnormal
pressure above 140 and a diastolic pressure above
heart rhythms). Long-term care includes control
90 millimeters of mercury (mmHg) is usually
of blood pressure, a diet low in cholesterol and
regarded as hypertension. Risk factors that
saturated fat, avoidance of tobacco and stress,
increase the incidence of hypertension include
regular exercise, and weight control.
family history, race (higher in African Americans),
obesity, stress, smoking, aging (higher in post-
menopausal women), and a diet high in saturated
fat. Although there is no cure, hypertension can
Phlebitis
usually be controlled with antihypertensive Phlebitis is an inflammation of a vein, frequently
drugs, diuretics (to remove retained body fluids), in the leg. If a thrombus, or clot, forms, the condi-
limited stress, avoidance of tobacco, and/or a tion is termed thrombophlebitis. Symptoms
low-sodium or low-fat diet. If hypertension is not include pain, edema, redness, and discoloration
treated, it can cause permanent damage to the at the site. Treatment methods include anticoag-
heart, blood vessels, and kidneys. ulants; pain medication; elevation of the affected
area; antiembolism or support hose; and if nec-
essary, surgery to remove the clot.
Leukemia
Leukemia is a malignant disease of the bone mar- Varicose Veins
row or lymph tissue. It results in a high number of Varicose veins are dilated, swollen veins that have
immature white blood cells. There are different lost elasticity and cause stasis, or decreased blood
types of leukemia, some acute and some chronic. flow. They frequently occur in the legs and result
Symptoms include fever, pallor, swelling of lym- from pregnancy, prolonged sitting or standing,
phoid tissues, fatigue, anemia, bleeding gums, and hereditary factors. Treatment methods
excessive bruising, and joint pain. Treatment include exercise, antiembolism or support hose,
methods vary with the type of leukemia but can and avoidance of prolonged sitting or standing
include chemotherapy, radiation, and/or bone and tight-fitting or restrictive clothing. In severe
marrow transplant. cases, surgery can be performed to remove the
vein.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
194 CHAPTER 7
7:9 Lymphatic System ♦ Identify the two lymphatic ducts and the areas
of the body that each drains
Objectives ♦ List at least three functions of the spleen
After completing this section, you should be able ♦ Describe the function of the thymus
to: ♦ Describe at least three diseases of the lym-
♦ Explain the function of lymphatic vessels phatic system
♦ List at least two functions of lymph nodes ♦ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms
KEY TERMS
cisterna chyli (sis-tern!-uh- lymphatic capillaries (lim- spleen
kye!-lee) fat!-ik) thoracic duct (tho-rass!-ik)
lacteals lymphatic system thymus
lymph (limf !) lymphatic vessels tonsils
lymph nodes right lymphatic duct
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 195
Tissue
Lymphatic
cells
capillaries
From heart
An arteriole
Endothelial
cells
Blood capillaries
A venule
Lymph
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
196 CHAPTER 7
♦ Pharyngeal tonsils: (also called adenoids) ritus (itching). Chemotherapy and radiation are
located in the nasopharynx (the upper part of usually effective forms of treatment.
the throat)
♦ Lingual tonsils: located on the back of the Lymphangitis
tongue
Lymphangitis is an inflammation of lymphatic
The spleen is an organ located beneath the vessels, usually resulting from an infection in an
left side of the diaphragm and in back of the extremity. Symptoms include a characteristic red
upper part of the stomach. It produces leukocytes streak extending up an arm or leg from the source
and antibodies, destroys old erythrocytes (red of infection, fever, chills, and tenderness or pain.
blood cells), stores erythrocytes to release into Treatment methods include antibiotics, rest, ele-
the bloodstream if excessive bleeding occurs, vation of the affected part, and/or warm, moist
destroys thrombocytes (platelets), and filters compresses.
metabolites and wastes from body tissues.
The thymus is a mass of lymph tissue located
in the center of the upper chest. It atrophies Splenomegaly
(wastes away) after puberty and is replaced by fat Splenomegaly is an enlargement of the spleen. It
and connective tissue. During early life, it pro- can result from an abnormal accumulation of red
duces antibodies and manufactures lymphocytes blood cells, mononucleosis, and cirrhosis of the
to fight infection. Its function is taken over by the liver. The main symptoms are swelling and
lymph nodes. abdominal pain. An increased destruction of
blood cells can lead to anemia (low red blood cell
count), leukopenia (low white blood cell count),
DISEASES AND and thrombocytopenia (low thrombocyte count).
If the spleen ruptures, intraperitoneal hemor-
ABNORMAL CONDITIONS rhage and shock can lead to death. In severe
cases, where the underlying cause cannot be
Adenitis treated, a splenectomy (surgical removal of the
spleen) is performed.
Adenitis is an inflammation or infection of the
lymph nodes. It occurs when large quantities of
harmful substances, such as pathogens or cancer
cells, enter the lymph nodes and infect the tissue.
Tonsillitis
Symptoms include fever and swollen, painful Tonsillitis is an inflammation or infection of the
nodes. If the infection is not treated, an abscess tonsils. It usually involves the pharyngeal (ade-
may form in the node. Usually treatment meth- noid) and palatine tonsils. Symptoms include
ods are antibiotics and warm, moist compresses. throat pain, dysphagia (difficulty swallowing),
If an abscess forms, it is sometimes necessary to fever, white or yellow spots of exudate on the ton-
incise and drain the node. sils, and swollen lymph nodes near the mandible.
Antibiotics, warm throat irrigations, rest, and
analgesics for pain are the main forms of treat-
ment. Chronic, frequent infections or hypertro-
Hodgkin’s Disease phy (enlargement) that causes obstruction are
Hodgkin’s disease is a chronic, malignant disease indications for a tonsillectomy, or surgical
of the lymph nodes. It is the most common form removal of the tonsils.
of lymphoma (tumor of lymph tissue). Symptoms
include painless swelling of the lymph nodes, STUDENT: Go to the workbook and complete
fever, night sweats, weight loss, fatigue, and pru- the assignment sheet for 7:9, Lymphatic System.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 197
♦ List five functions of the nasal cavity ♦ Describe at least five diseases of the respira-
tory system
♦ Identify the three sections of the pharynx
♦ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms
♦ Explain how the larynx helps create sound
and speech
KEY TERMS
alveoli (ahl-vee!-oh"-lie) inspiration pleura
bronchi (bron!-kie) internal respiration respiration
bronchioles (bron!-key"-ohlz) larynx (lar!-inks) respiratory system (res!-peh-
cellular respiration lungs reh-tor!-ee)
cilia (sil!-lee-ah) nasal cavities sinuses
epiglottis (ep-ih-glot!-tiss) nasal septum trachea (tray!-key"-ah)
expiration nose ventilation
external respiration pharynx (far!-inks)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
198 CHAPTER 7
Sinuses
Nasal cavity
Nostril
Oral cavity
Tongue Pharynx
Epiglottis
Larynx (voice box) Esophagus
Right lung
Superior
(upper) lobe Trachea
Left lung
Visceral
Bronchial tree
pleura Left bronchus
Esophagus
Mediastinum
Terminal
bronchiole
Alveolar duct
Capillaries
surrounding
alveoli
Alveolar
Alveoli
sac
inhaled air to trap dust and other particles. The sections. The nasopharynx is the upper portion,
cilia then help move the mucous layer that lines located behind the nasal cavities. The pharyngeal
the airways to push trapped particles toward the tonsils, or adenoids (lymphatic tissue), and the
esophagus, where they can be swallowed. The eustachian tube (tube to middle ear) openings
olfactory receptors for the sense of smell are also are located in this section. The oropharynx is the
located in the nose. The nasolacrimal ducts drain middle section, located behind the oral cavity
tears from the eye into the nose to provide addi- (mouth). This section receives both air from
tional moisture for the air. the nasopharynx and food and air from the
Sinuses are cavities in the skull that sur- mouth. The laryngopharynx is the bottom sec-
round the nasal area. They are connected to the tion of the pharynx. The esophagus, which car-
nasal cavity by short ducts. The sinuses are lined ries food to the stomach, and the trachea, which
with a mucous membrane that warms and moist- carries air to and from the lungs, branch off the
ens air. The sinuses also provide resonance for laryngopharynx.
the voice. The larynx, or voice box, lies between the
The pharynx, or throat, lies directly behind pharynx and trachea. It has nine layers of carti-
the nasal cavities. As air leaves the nose, it enters lage. The largest, the thyroid cartilage, is com-
the pharynx. The pharynx is divided into three monly called the Adam’s apple. The larynx
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 199
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
200 CHAPTER 7
Alveoli
O2
O2
Internal
Blood in
respiration
systemic capillaries
(gas exchange
between tissue
Blood flow cells
and blood in
systemic
capillaries)
FIGURE 7-53 External and internal respiration.
concentration is higher in the blood than in the ertion, and infection can also cause an asthma
tissue cells, oxygen leaves the blood capillaries attack, during which bronchospasms narrow the
and enters the tissue cells. The cells then use the openings of the bronchioles, mucus production
oxygen and nutrients to produce energy, water, increases, and edema develops in the mucosal
and carbon dioxide. This process is called cellu- lining. Symptoms of an asthma attack include
lar respiration. Because the carbon dioxide dyspnea (difficult breathing), wheezing, cough-
concentration is higher in tissue cells than in the ing accompanied by expectoration of sputum,
bloodstream, carbon dioxide leaves the cells and and tightness in the chest. Treatment methods
enters the bloodstream to be transported back to include bronchodilators (to enlarge the bronchi-
the lungs, where external respiration takes place. oles), anti-inflammatory medications, epineph-
rine, and oxygen therapy. Identification and
elimination of or disensitization to allergens are
DISEASES AND important in preventing asthma attacks.
ABNORMAL CONDITIONS
Bronchitis
Asthma Bronchitis is an inflammation of the bronchi and
Asthma is a respiratory disorder usually caused bronchial tubes. Acute bronchitis is usually caused
by a sensitivity to an allergen such as dust, pollen, by infection and is characterized by a productive
an animal, medications, or a food. Stress, overex- cough, dyspnea, rales (bubbly or noisy breath
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 201
Chronic Obstructive
Pulmonary Disease
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) is
a term used to describe any chronic lung disease
that results in obstruction of the airways. Disorders
such as chronic asthma, chronic bronchitis, emphy-
sema, and tuberculosis lead to COPD. Smoking is
Images not available due to copyright restrictions
the primary cause, but allergies and chronic respi-
ratory infections are also factors. Treatment meth-
ods include bronchodilators, mucolytics (loosen
mucus secretions), and cough medications. The
prognosis is poor because damage to the lungs
causes a deterioration of pulmonary function, lead-
ing to respiratory failure and death.
Emphysema
Emphysema is a noninfectious, chronic respira-
tory condition that occurs when the walls of the
alveoli deteriorate and lose their elasticity (figure
7-54). Carbon dioxide remains trapped in the alve-
oli, and there is poor exchange of gases. The most
common causes are heavy smoking and prolonged
exposure to air pollutants. Symptoms include dys-
pnea, a feeling of suffocation, pain, barrel chest,
chronic cough, cyanosis, rapid respirations accom-
panied by prolonged expirations, and eventual
respiratory failure and death. Although there is no
cure, treatment methods include bronchodilators,
breathing exercises, prompt treatment of respira-
tory infections, oxygen therapy, respiratory ther-
apy, and avoidance of smoking. tension, chronic infection, anticoagulant drugs,
and blood diseases such as hemophilia and leu-
kemia. Compressing the nostrils toward the sep-
Epistaxis tum; elevating the head and tilting it slightly
Epistaxis, or a nosebleed, occurs when capillaries forward; and applying cold compresses will usu-
in the nose become congested and bleed. It can ally control epistaxis, although it is sometimes
be caused by an injury or blow to the nose, hyper- necessary to insert nasal packs or cauterize (burn
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
202 CHAPTER 7
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 203
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
204 CHAPTER 7
♦ List at least three functions of the large intes- ♦ Describe at least five diseases of the digestive
tine system
♦ List at least four functions of the liver ♦ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms
♦ Explain how the pancreas helps digest foods
KEY TERMS
alimentary canal (ahl-ih- hard palate rectum
men!-tar"-ee) ileum (ill!-ee"-um) salivary glands
anus jejunum (jeh-jew!-num) small intestine
colon (coh!-lun) large intestine soft palate
digestive system liver stomach
duodenum (dew-oh-deh!- mouth teeth
num) pancreas (pan!-cree"-as) tongue
esophagus (ee"-sof!-eh-gus) peristalsis (pair"-ih-stall"-sis) vermiform appendix
gallbladder pharynx (far!-inks) villi (vil!-lie)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 205
Oral cavity
Parotid gland
Lips
Teeth Pharynx
Submandibular
Tongue gland
Sublingual gland
Esophagus
Diaphragm Stomach
Hepatic duct
Liver
Pylorus of the
Cystic duct stomach
Gallbladder Pancreas
Transverse colon
of large intestine
Duodenum
Jejunum of
Ascending colon of large intestine small intestine
Descending
colon of large
Ileum of small intestine intestine
Sigmoid colon
of large intestine
Cecum
Rectum
Vermiform appendix
Anus
tongue also aids in chewing and swallowing food. down of carbohydrates, or starches, into sugars
The hard palate is the bony structure that forms that can be taken into the body.
the roof of the mouth and separates the mouth After the food is chewed and mixed with
from the nasal cavities. Behind the hard palate is saliva, it is called a bolus. When the bolus is swal-
the soft palate, which separates the mouth from lowed, it enters the pharynx (throat). The phar-
the nasopharynx. The uvula, a cone-shaped ynx is a tube that carries both air and food. It
muscular structure, hangs from the middle of the carries the air to the trachea, or windpipe, and
soft palate. It prevents food from entering the food to the esophagus. When a bolus is being
nasopharynx during swallowing. Three pairs of swallowed, muscle action causes the epiglottis to
salivary glands, the parotid, sublingual, and close over the larynx, preventing the bolus from
submandibular, produce a liquid called saliva. entering the respiratory tract and causing it to
Saliva lubricates the mouth during speech and enter the esophagus.
chewing and moistens food so that it can be swal- The esophagus is the muscular tube dorsal
lowed easily. Saliva also contains an enzyme (a to (behind) the trachea. This tube receives the
substance that speeds up a chemical reaction) bolus from the pharynx and carries the bolus to
called salivary amylase, formerly known as ptya- the stomach. The esophagus, like the remaining
lin. Salivary amylase begins the chemical break- part of the alimentary canal, relies on a rhythmic,
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
206 CHAPTER 7
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 207
Capillary network
in villus
Lacteal
Epithelial
cells
Intestinal
gland
Artery
Vein
Lymph
vessel
Circular
muscles
Longitudinal
muscles
Peritoneum
FIGURE 7-58 Lymphatic and blood capillaries in the villi of the small intestine provide for the absorption of
the products of digestion.
intestine; and transportation of waste products Left lobe of liver
out of the alimentary canal. The large intestine is
divided into a series of connected sections. The Right hepatic
cecum is the first section and is connected to the duct
ileum of the small intestine. It contains a small Cystic
projection, called the vermiform appendix. duct
The next section, the colon, has several divi- Left hepatic duct
sions. The ascending colon continues up on the
Common hepatic duct
right side of the body from the cecum to the lower Gallbladder
part of the liver. The transverse colon extends
across the abdomen, below the liver and stomach Tail of
and above the small intestine. The descending pancreas
colon extends down the left side of the body. It
connects with the sigmoid colon, an S-shaped Common bile duct
section that joins with the rectum. The rectum is Main pancreatic
the final 6–8 inches of the large intestine and is a Head of
duct
pancreas
storage area for indigestibles and wastes. It has a
narrow canal, called the anal canal, which opens
Duodenum
at a hole, called the anus. Fecal material, or stool, Sphincter
the final waste product of the digestive process, is of Oddi
expelled through this opening. FIGURE 7-59 The liver, gallbladder, and
pancreas.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
208 CHAPTER 7
ting of the blood; and cholesterol. Finally, the pain that starts under the rib cage and radiates to
liver detoxifies (renders less harmful) substances the right shoulder. If a gallstone blocks the bile
such as alcohol and pesticides, and destroys bac- ducts, the gallbladder can rupture and cause
teria that have been taken into the blood from peritonitis. Treatment methods include a low-fat
the intestine. diet, lithotripsy (shock waves that are used to
The gallbladder is a small, muscular sac shatter the gallstones), and/or a cholecystectomy
located under the liver and attached to it by con- (surgical removal of the gallbladder).
nective tissue. It stores and concentrates bile,
which it receives from the liver. When the bile is
needed to emulsify fats in the digestive tract, the Cirrhosis
gallbladder contracts and pushes the bile through Cirrhosis is a chronic destruction of liver cells
the cystic duct into the common bile duct, which accompanied by the formation of fibrous connec-
drains into the duodenum. tive and scar tissue. Causes include hepatitis, bile
The pancreas is a glandular organ located duct disease, chemical toxins, and malnutrition
behind the stomach. It produces pancreatic associated with alcoholism. Symptoms vary and
juices, which contain enzymes to digest food. become more severe as the disease progresses.
These juices enter the duodenum through the Some common symptoms are liver enlargement,
pancreatic duct. The enzymes in the juices anemia, indigestion, nausea, edema in the legs
include pancreatic amylase or amylopsin (to and feet, hematemesis (vomiting blood), nose-
break down sugars), trypsin and chymotrypsin bleeds, jaundice (yellow discoloration), and asci-
(to break down proteins), and lipase or steapsin tes (an accumulation of fluid in the abdominal
(to act on fats). The pancreas also produces insu- peritoneal cavity). When the liver fails, disorienta-
lin, which is secreted into the bloodstream. Insu- tion, hallucinations, hepatic coma, and death
lin regulates the metabolism, or burning, of occur. Treatment is directed toward preventing
carbohydrates to convert glucose (blood sugar) further damage to the liver. Alcohol avoidance,
to energy. proper nutrition, vitamin supplements, diuretics
(to reduce ascites and edema), rest, infection pre-
vention, and appropriate exercise are encouraged.
DISEASES AND A liver transplant may be performed if too much of
the liver is destroyed.
ABNORMAL CONDITIONS
Appendicitis Constipation
Appendicitis is an acute inflammation of the Constipation is when fecal material remains in the
appendix, usually resulting from an obstruction colon too long, causing excessive reabsorption of
and infection. Symptoms include generalized water. The feces or stool becomes hard, dry, and
abdominal pain that later localizes at the lower difficult to eliminate. Causes include poor bowel
right quadrant, nausea and vomiting, mild fever, habits, chronic laxative use leading to a “lazy”
and elevated white blood cell count. If the appen- bowel, a diet low in fiber, and certain digestive dis-
dix ruptures, the infectious material will spill into eases. The condition is usually corrected by a high-
the peritoneal cavity and cause peritonitis, a seri- fiber diet, adequate fluids, and exercise. Although
ous condition. Appendicitis is treated by an appen- laxatives are sometimes used to stimulate defeca-
dectomy (surgical removal of the appendix). tion, frequent laxative use may be habit forming
and lead to chronic constipation.
Cholecystitis
Cholecystitis is an inflammation of the gallblad-
Diarrhea
der. When gallstones form from crystallized cho- Diarrhea is a condition characterized by frequent
lesterol, bile salts, and bile pigments, the watery stools. Causes include infection, stress,
condition is known as cholelithiasis. Symptoms diet, an irritated colon, and toxic substances.
frequently occur after eating fatty foods and Diarrhea can be extremely dangerous in infants
include indigestion, nausea and vomiting, and and small children because of the excessive fluid
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 209
loss. Treatment is directed toward eliminating the taminated by the feces of an infected person. It is
cause, providing adequate fluid intake, and mod- the most benign form of hepatitis and is usually
ifying the diet. self-limiting. A vaccine is available to prevent
hepatitis A. Type B, HBV, or serum hepatitis, is
transmitted by body fluids including blood,
Diverticulitis serum, saliva, urine, semen, vaginal secretions,
Diverticulitis is an inflammation of the diverticula, and breast milk. It is more serious than type A
pouches (or sacs) that form in the intestine as the and can lead to chronic hepatitis or to cirrhosis of
mucosal lining pushes through the surrounding the liver. A vaccine developed to prevent hepati-
muscle. When fecal material and bacteria become tis B is recommended for all health care workers.
trapped in the diverticula, inflammation occurs. Type C, or HCV, is also spread through contact
This can result in an abscess or rupture, leading to with blood or body fluids. The main methods of
peritonitis. Symptoms vary depending on the transmission include sharing needles while
amount of inflammation but may include abdom- injecting drugs, getting stuck with a contami-
inal pain, irregular bowel movements, flatus (gas), nated needle or sharps while on the job, or pass-
constipation or diarrhea, abdominal distention ing the virus from an infected mother to the infant
(swelling), low-grade fever, and nausea and vomit- during birth. Hepatitis C is much more likely to
ing. Treatment methods include antibiotics, stool- progress to chronic hepatitis, cirrhosis, or both.
softening medications, pain medications, high- There is no vaccine for type C. Other strains of the
fiber diet, and in severe cases, surgery to remove hepatitis virus that have been identified include
the affected section of colon. types D and E. Symptoms include fever, anorexia
(lack of appetite), nausea, vomiting, fatigue, dark-
colored urine, clay-colored stool, myalgia (mus-
Gastroenteritis cle pain), enlarged liver, and jaundice. Treatment
methods include rest and a diet high in protein
Gastroenteritis is an inflammation of the mucous
and calories and low in fat. A liver transplant may
membrane that lines the stomach and intestinal
be necessary if the liver is severely damaged.
tract. Causes include food poisoning, infection, and
toxins. Symptoms include abdominal cramping,
nausea, vomiting, fever, and diarrhea. Usual treat-
ment methods are rest and increased fluid intake.
Hernia
In severe cases, antibiotics, intravenous fluids, and A hernia, or rupture, occurs when an internal
medications to slow peristalsis may be used. organ pushes through a weakened area or natural
opening in a body wall. A hiatal hernia is when
the stomach protrudes through the diaphragm
Hemorrhoids and into the chest cavity through the opening for
Hemorrhoids are painful dilated or varicose veins the esophagus (figure 7-60). Symptoms include
of the rectum and/or anus. They may be caused heartburn, stomach distention, chest pain, and
by straining to defecate, constipation, pressure difficult swallowing. Treatment methods include
during pregnancy, insufficient fluid intake, laxa- a bland diet, small frequent meals, staying upright
tive abuse, and prolonged sitting or standing. after eating, and surgical repair. An inguinal her-
Symptoms include pain, itching, and bleeding. nia is when a section of the small intestine pro-
Treatment methods include a high-fiber diet; trudes through the inguinal rings of the lower
increased fluid intake; stool softeners; sitz baths abdominal wall. If the hernia cannot be reduced
or warm, moist compresses; and in some cases, a (pushed back in place), a herniorrhaphy (surgical
hemorrhoidectomy (surgical removal of the hem- repair) is performed.
orrhoids).
Pancreatitis
Hepatitis Pancreatitis is an inflammation of the pancreas.
Hepatitis is a viral inflammation of the liver. Type The pancreatic enzymes begin to digest the pan-
A, HAV or infectious hepatitis, is highly conta- creas itself, and the pancreas becomes necrotic,
gious and is transmitted in food or water con- inflamed, and edematous. If the damage extends
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
210 CHAPTER 7
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 211
♦ State the functions of the ureter, bladder, and ♦ Describe at least three diseases of the urinary
urethra system
♦ Explain why the urethra is different in male ♦ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms
and female individuals
♦ Interpret at least five terms used to describe
conditions that affect urination
KEY TERMS
bladder hilum urethra (you"-wreath!-rah)
Bowman’s capsule homeostasis urinary meatus (you!-rih-
cortex (core!-tex) kidneys nah-ree" me-ate!-as)
excretory system (ex!-kreh- medulla (meh-due!-la) urinary system
tor"-ee) nephrons (nef!-ronz) urine
glomerulus (glow"-mare!- renal pelvis void
you-luss) ureters (you!-reh"-turz)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
212 CHAPTER 7
Renal medulla
Renal capsule
Left renal artery
Ureteral orifices
Urinary bladder
(urocyst)
Urethra
External urethral
orifice (urinary
meatus)
FIGURE 7-61 The urinary system.
nephron consists of a glomerulus, a Bowman’s them into the convoluted tubule. As these mate-
capsule, a proximal convoluted tubule, a distal rials pass through the various sections of the
convoluted tubule, and a collecting duct (tubule). tubule, substances needed by the body are reab-
The renal artery carries blood to the kidney. sorbed and returned to the blood capillaries. By
Branches of the renal artery pass through the the time the filtered materials pass through the
medulla to the cortex, where the blood enters the tubule, most of the water, glucose, vitamins, and
first part of the nephron, the glomerulus, which mineral salts have been reabsorbed. Excess glu-
is a cluster of capillaries. As blood passes through cose and mineral salts, some water, and wastes
the glomerulus, water, mineral salts, glucose (including urea, uric acid, and creatinine) remain
(sugar), metabolic products, and other sub- in the tubule and become known as the concen-
stances are filtered out of the blood. Red blood trated liquid called urine. The urine then enters
cells and proteins are not filtered out. The filtered collecting ducts, or tubules, located in the
blood leaves the glomerulus and eventually medulla. These collecting ducts empty into the
makes its way to the renal vein, which carries it renal pelvis (renal basin), a funnel-shaped
away from the kidney. The substances filtered out structure that is the first section of the ureter.
in the glomerulus enter the next section of the The ureters are two muscular tubes approx-
nephron, the Bowman’s capsule. The Bow- imately 10–12 inches in length. One extends from
man’s capsule is a C-shaped structure that sur- the renal pelvis of each kidney to the bladder.
rounds the glomerulus and is the start of the Peristalsis (a rhythmic, wavelike motion of mus-
convoluted tubule. It picks up the materials fil- cle) moves the urine through the ureter from the
tered from the blood in the glomerulus and passes kidney to the bladder.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 213
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
214 CHAPTER 7
Bowman's
(glomerular) capsule
Proximal convoluted tubule
Glomerulus
Efferent
arteriole
Cortex
From Medulla
Afferent
kidney
arteriole
artery
Collecting
tubule
Loop of Henle
Capillary net
To kidney vein
Henle's loop
FIGURE 7-63 A nephron unit.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 215
Renal Failure
Renal failure is when the kidneys stop function-
ing. Acute renal failure (ARF) can be caused by
hemorrhage, shock, injury, poisoning, nephritis,
or dehydration. Symptoms include oliguria or
anuria, headache, an ammonia odor to the
breath, edema, cardiac arrhythmia, and uremia.
Prompt treatment involving dialysis, restricted
fluid intake, and correction of the condition caus-
ing renal failure results in a good prognosis.
Chronic renal failure (CRF) results from the pro-
gressive loss of kidney function. It can be caused
by chronic glomerulonephritis, hypertension,
toxins, and endocrine disease such as diabetes
mellitus. Long-term substance abuse and alco-
holism can also lead to renal failure. Waste prod-
ucts accumulate in the blood and affect many
body systems. Symptoms include nausea, vomit-
ing, diarrhea, weight loss, decreased mental abil-
ity, convulsions, muscle irritability, an ammonia
odor to the breath, uremic frost (deposits of white
crystals on the skin), and in later stages, coma
prior to death. Treatment methods are dialysis,
diet modifications and restrictions, careful skin
and mouth care, and control of fluid intake. A
kidney transplant is the only cure.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
216 CHAPTER 7
KEY TERMS
adrenal glands (ah"-dree!- pancreas (pan-kree-as) placenta
nal) parathyroid glands testes (tess!-tees)
endocrine system (en!-doh"- pineal body (pin!-knee"-ahl) thymus
krin) pituitary gland (pih"-too!-ih- thyroid gland
hormones tar-ee)
ovaries
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 217
Pineal
Pituitary
Thyroid
Thymus
Parathyroid
glands
Posterior view
Cortex Pancreas
(Islets of Langerhans)
Medulla
Adrenal
Testis Ovary
TABLE 7-3 Hormones Produced by the Endocrine Glands and Their Actions
GLAND HORMONE ACTION
Pituitary
Anterior lobe ACTH—adrenocorticotropic Stimulates growth and secretion of the cortex of the adrenal gland
TSH—thyrotropin Stimulates growth and secretion of the thyroid gland
GH—somatotropin Growth hormone, stimulates normal body growth
FSH—follicle stimulating Stimulates growth and hormone production in the ovarian follicles
of female individuals, production of sperm in male individuals
LH—luteinizing (female) Causes ovulation and secretion of progesterone in female individuals
or
ICSH—interstitial cell Stimulates testes to secrete testosterone
stimulating (male)
LTH—lactogenic or prolactin Stimulates secretion of milk from mammary glands after delivery
of an infant
MSH—melanocyte stimulating Stimulates production and dispersion of melanin pigment in the
skin
(continues)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
218 CHAPTER 7
TABLE 7-3 Hormones Produced by the Endocrine Glands and Their Actions (Continued)
GLAND HORMONE ACTION
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 219
TABLE 7-3 Hormones Produced by the Endocrine Glands and Their Actions (Continued)
GLAND HORMONE ACTION
Pineal
Melatonin May delay puberty by inhibiting gonadotropic (sex) hormones, may
regulate sleep/wake cycles
Adrenoglomerulotropin May stimulate adrenal cortex to secrete aldosterone
Serotonin May prevent vasoconstriction of blood vessels in the brain, inhibits
gastric secretions
Placenta
Estrogen Stimulates growth of reproductive organs
Chorionic gonadotropin Causes corpus luteum of ovary to continue secretions
Progesterone Maintains lining of uterus to provide fetal nutrition
Diseases and
Abnormal Conditions
Acromegaly
Acromegaly results from an oversecretion of
somatotropin (growth hormone) in an adult and
is usually caused by a benign (noncancerous)
tumor of the pituitary called an adenoma. Bones
of the hands, feet, and face enlarge and create a
grotesque appearance. The skin and tongue
thicken, and slurred speech develops. Surgical
removal and/or radiation of the tumor is the FIGURE 7-66 Giantism results when the pituitary
usual treatment, but the tumor frequently recurs. gland secretes excessive amounts of somatotropin
Acromegaly eventually causes cardiovascular and (growth hormone) before puberty.
respiratory diseases that shorten life expectancy.
include polyuria (excessive urination), polydipsia
Giantism (excessive thirst), dehydration, weakness, consti-
Giantism results from an oversecretion of somato- pation, and dry skin. The condition is corrected
tropin before puberty (figure 7-66). It causes by administering ADH.
excessive growth of long bones, extreme tallness,
decreased sexual development, and at times, Dwarfism
retarded mental development. If a tumor of the Dwarfism results from an undersecretion of
pituitary is the cause, surgical removal or radia- somatotropin and can be caused by a tumor,
tion is the treatment. infection, genetic factors, or injury (figure 7-67).
It is characterized by small body size, short
Diabetes Insipidus extremities, and lack of sexual development.
Diabetes insipidus is caused by decreased secre- Mental development is usually normal. If the
tion of vasopressin, or antidiuretic hormone condition is diagnosed early, it can be treated
(ADH). A low level of ADH prevents water from with injections of somatotropic hormone for 5 or
being reabsorbed in the kidneys. Symptoms more years until long bone growth is complete.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
220 CHAPTER 7
Graves’ Disease
Graves’ disease is a severe form of hyperthyroid-
ism more common in women than men.
Symptoms include a strained and tense facial
FIGURE 7-67 Dwarfism results from an underse- expression, exophthalmia (protruding eyeballs),
cretion of somatotropin (growth hormone). goiter, nervous irritability, emotional instability,
tachycardia, a tremendous appetite accompa-
nied by weight loss, and diarrhea. Treatment
THYROID GLAND methods include medication to inhibit the syn-
thesis of thyroxine, radioactive iodine to destroy
The thyroid gland synthesizes hormones that thyroid tissue, and/or a thyroidectomy.
regulate the body’s metabolism and control the
level of calcium in the blood. It is located in front Hypothyroidism
of the upper part of the trachea (windpipe) in the Hypothyroidism is an underactivity of the thyroid
neck. It has two lobes, one on either side of the gland and a deficiency of thyroid hormones. Two
larynx (voice box), connected by the isthmus, a main forms exist: cretinism and myxedema. Cre-
small piece of tissue. To produce its hormones, tinism develops in infancy or early childhood and
the thyroid gland requires iodine, which is results in a lack of mental and physical growth,
obtained from certain foods and iodized salt. The leading to mental retardation and an abnormal,
hormones secreted by the thyroid gland are dwarfed stature. If diagnosed early, oral thyroid
shown in table 7-3. hormone can be given to minimize mental and
physical damage. Myxedema occurs in later child-
hood or adulthood. Symptoms include coarse, dry
Diseases and skin; slow mental function; fatigue; weakness;
intolerance of cold; weight gain; edema; puffy
Abnormal Conditions eyes; and a slow pulse. Treatment consists of
Goiter administering oral thyroid hormone to restore
A goiter is an enlargement of the thyroid gland. normal metabolism. In some countries where
Causes can include a hyperactive thyroid, an iodized salt is not available, myxedema may be
iodine deficiency, an oversecretion of thyroid- caused by an iodine deficiency. Adding iodine to
stimulating hormone on the part of the pituitary the diet corrects this type of myxedema.
gland, or a tumor. Symptoms include thyroid
enlargement, dysphagia (difficult swallowing), a
cough, and a choking sensation. Treatment is
directed toward eliminating the cause. For exam-
PARATHYROID GLANDS
ple, iodine is given if a deficiency exists. Surgery The parathyroid glands are four small glands
may be performed to remove very large goiters. located behind and attached to the thyroid gland.
Their hormone, parathormone, regulates the
Hyperthyroidism amount of calcium in the blood (see table 7-3). It
Hyperthyroidism is an overactivity of the thyroid stimulates bone cells to break down bone tissue
gland, which causes increased production of thy- and release calcium and phosphates into the
roid hormones and increased basal metabolic rate blood, causes the kidneys to conserve and reab-
(BMR). Symptoms include extreme nervousness, sorb calcium, and activates intestinal cells to
tremors, irritability, rapid pulse, diarrhea, diapho- absorb calcium from digested foods. Although
resis (excessive perspiration), heat intolerance, most of the body’s calcium is in the bones, the
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 221
calcium circulating in the blood is important for groups: mineralocorticoids, glucocorticoids, and
blood clotting, the tone of heart muscle, and gonadocorticoids. The groups and the main hor-
muscle contraction. Because there is a constant mones in each group are listed in table 7-3. The
exchange of calcium and phosphate between the adrenal medulla secretes two main hormones:
bones and blood, the parathyroid hormone plays epinephrine and norepinephrine. These hor-
an important function in maintaining the proper mones are sympathomimetic; that is, they mimic
level of circulating calcium. the sympathetic nervous system and cause the
fight or flight response.
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
222 CHAPTER 7
FIGURE 7-68 Cushing’s syndrome. (A) The classic “moon face” of Cushing’s syndrome. (B) The same
individual after treatment. (Courtesy of Ruth Jones)
secretes pancreatic juices, which are carried to controlled with diet and/or oral hypoglycemic
the small intestine by the pancreatic duct to aid (lower-blood-sugar) medications. The main
in the digestion of food. Special B, or beta, cells symptoms include hyperglycemia (high blood
located throughout the pancreas in patches of sugar), polyuria (excessive urination), polydipsia
tissue called islets of Langerhans produce the (excessive thirst), polyphagia (excessive hunger),
hormone insulin, which is needed for the cells to glycosuria (sugar in the urine), weight loss,
absorb sugar from the blood. Insulin also pro- fatigue, slow healing of skin infections, and vision
motes the transport of fatty acids and amino changes. If the condition is not treated, diabetic
acids (proteins) into the cells. Alpha, or A, cells coma and death may occur. Treatment methods
produce the hormone glucagon, which increases are a carefully regulated diet to control the blood
the glucose level in blood (see table 7-3). sugar level, regulated exercise, and oral hypogly-
cemic drugs or insulin injections. Newer medica-
tions that increase insulin production, increase
Disease the sensitivity to insulin, or slow the absorption
Diabetes Mellitus of glucose into cells are also available. External
Diabetes mellitus is a chronic disease caused by and implantable insulin pumps that monitor
decreased secretion of insulin. The metabolism blood glucose levels and deliver the required
of carbohydrates, proteins, and fats is affected. amount of insulin can be used to replace insulin
There are two main types of diabetes mellitus, injections. A new form of therapy is an inhaled
named according to the age of onset and need for form of insulin. However, this is expensive and
insulin. Insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus has not been approved for use in children.
(IDDM), or Type 1, usually occurs early in life, is Estimates indicate that more than 16 million
more severe, and requires insulin. Noninsulin- Americans have diabetes, and as many as 40–50
dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), or Type 2, percent might not know they have the disease.
is the mature-onset form of diabetes mellitus. It Researchers have proved that weight control
frequently occurs in obese adults and is usually (avoiding obesity) and moderate exercise can
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Anatomy and Physiology 223
reduce the risk for development of diabetes by as The thymus is a mass of tissue located in the
much as 55–70 percent. Preventing diabetes is upper part of the chest and under the sternum. It
important because diabetes can cause athero- contains lymphoid tissue. The thymus is active in
sclerosis, myocardial infarctions (heart attacks), early life, activating cells in the immune system,
cerebrovascular accidents (strokes), peripheral but atrophies (wastes away) during puberty,
vascular disease leading to poor wound healing when it becomes a small mass of connective tis-
and gangrene in the legs and feet, diabetic reti- sue and fat. It produces one hormone, thymosin
nopathy causing blindness, and kidney disease (see table 7-3).
or failure. The pineal body is a small structure attached
to the roof of the third ventricle in the brain.
Knowledge regarding the physiology of this gland
OTHER ENDOCRINE is limited. Three main hormones secreted by this
gland are listed in table 7-3.
GLANDS The placenta is a temporary endocrine
The ovaries are the gonads, or sex glands, of the gland produced during pregnancy. It acts as a link
female. They are located in the pelvic cavity, one between the mother and infant, provides nutri-
on each side of the uterus. They secrete hormones tion for the developing infant, and promotes lac-
that regulate menstruation and secondary sexual tation (the production of milk in the breasts). It is
characteristics (see table 7-3). expelled after the birth of the child (when it is
The testes are the gonads of the male. They called afterbirth). Three hormones secreted by
are located in the scrotal sac and are suspended this gland are listed in table 7-3.
outside the body. They produce hormones that
regulate sexual characteristics of the male (see STUDENT: Go to the workbook and complete
table 7-3). the assignment sheet for 7:13, Endocrine System.
7:14 Reproductive System ♦ Identify at least three organs of the male repro-
ductive system that secrete fluids added to
Objectives semen
After completing this section, you should be able ♦ Label a diagram of the female reproductive
to: system
♦ Label a diagram of the male reproductive sys- ♦ Describe how an ovum is released from an
tem ovary
♦ Trace the pathway of sperm from where they ♦ Explain the action of the endometrium
are produced to where they are expelled from ♦ Describe at least six diseases of the reproduc-
the body tive systems
♦ Define, pronounce, and spell all key terms
KEY TERMS
Bartholin’s glands (Bar!-tha- epididymis (eh"-pih-did!-ih- labia minora (lay!-bee"-ah
lens) muss) ma-nore!-ah)
breasts fallopian tubes (fah-low!- ovaries
Cowper’s (bulbourethral) pea"-an) penis
glands (Cow!-purrs) fertilization (fur"-til-ih-zay!- perineum (pear"-ih-knee!-
ejaculatory ducts (ee-jack!- shun) um)
you-lah-tore"-ee) labia majora (lay!-bee"-ah prostate gland
endometrium (en"-doe-me!- mah"-jore!-ah) reproductive system
tree-um) scrotum (skrow!-tum)
Copyright 2009 Cengage Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.